diff --git a/Marlin/Configuration.h b/Marlin/Configuration.h index 995e2a19f..236cef62c 100644 --- a/Marlin/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/default/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/default/Configuration.h index 995e2a19f..236cef62c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/default/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/default/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration.h index 0c68752ab..9ea1fcc6a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration.h index 7ea194f57..ff2e66cea 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/Configuration.h index 16a28f4a9..1884ddc50 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration.h index cc92116f6..24f983976 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration.h index 8184fe4a1..138135996 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration.h index 678698bf5..134c0562e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration.h index 965a91c5a..85dfa957c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration.h @@ -272,6 +272,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration.h index af4be5791..441cab2e8 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration.h @@ -272,6 +272,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration.h index a5ec7e6ef..2f69d7f5a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Azteeg/X5GT/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Azteeg/X5GT/Configuration.h index daf1408a3..a21511268 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Azteeg/X5GT/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Azteeg/X5GT/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration.h index af9c91d3e..b51f9958a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration.h index d8bd8a83e..689512d80 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration.h index 40f380850..7ee728c20 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration.h index 4b62fc8d8..8219aad15 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration.h @@ -279,6 +279,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration.h index 0c064103e..164e22f64 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration.h index 1287aff73..0fcb78ee4 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration.h @@ -272,6 +272,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration.h index 5a9f2db2c..512d39390 100755 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration.h index bdb0352bd..c3efb7456 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration.h index de3756c92..7258fcc6f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration.h @@ -280,6 +280,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration.h index d39088c34..100abbb53 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration.h index e81446d1f..84caf307b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration.h index 1d014f3ae..81ef1238d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration.h index dcb7c7989..6c445168c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration.h index 949147216..0843d91e8 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Felix/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Felix/Configuration.h index f4502e584..cf7ae5a9b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Felix/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Felix/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration.h index 38dd1d972..760c24f12 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration.h index af3ff00b9..7cd96d547 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration.h index d5ec046fa..f55316434 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration.h index 34e1e7432..7578386b3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration.h @@ -312,6 +312,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration.h index 95decc814..7721222c7 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration.h @@ -274,6 +274,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration.h index 65271cb7b..9e86239b6 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration.h @@ -275,6 +275,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ba5a57596 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration.h @@ -0,0 +1,2093 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * Configuration.h + * + * Basic settings such as: + * + * - Type of electronics + * - Type of temperature sensor + * - Printer geometry + * - Endstop configuration + * - LCD controller + * - Extra features + * + * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h + * + */ +#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= Getting Started ============================= +//=========================================================================== + +/** + * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: + * + * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration + * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk + * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz + * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide + * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 + * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap + * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 + */ + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== +//=========================================================================== +// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the +// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. +// + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== +//=========================================================================== +// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in +// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. +// + +// @section info + +// User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during +// startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this +// build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware. +#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. +#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN +#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 SHORT_BUILD_VERSION // will be shown during bootup in line 1 +#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 WEBSITE_URL // will be shown during bootup in line 2 + +/** + * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** + * + * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. + * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed + * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. + * + * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also + * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. + */ + +// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. +//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN + +// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. +//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE + +// @section machine + +/** + * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. + * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. + * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. + * + * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] + */ +#define SERIAL_PORT 0 + +/** + * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. + * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. + * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. + * + * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] + */ +//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 + +/** + * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. + * + * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if + * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. + * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. + * + * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] + */ +#define BAUDRATE 250000 + +// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices +//#define BLUETOOTH + +// The following define selects which electronics board you have. +// Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup +#ifndef MOTHERBOARD + #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_GT2560_V3 +#endif + +// Optional custom name for your RepStrap or other custom machine +// Displayed in the LCD "Ready" message +#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Geeetech A10M" + +// Define this to set a unique identifier for this printer, (Used by some programs to differentiate between machines) +// You can use an online service to generate a random UUID. (eg http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4) +//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" + +// @section extruder + +// This defines the number of extruders +// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] +#define EXTRUDERS 1 + +// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. +#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 + +// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. +//#define SINGLENOZZLE + +/** + * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. + * + * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive + * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable + * for extruders. + * + * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. + * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. + */ +//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER +#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) + // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. + // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. + //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required + //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs + //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs +#endif + +/** + * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 + * + * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. + * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 + * + * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h + */ +//#define PRUSA_MMU2 + +// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor +//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER +#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) + #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 + #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] + #if EXTRUDERS > 3 + #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 + #endif +#endif + +// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles +//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE +#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) + #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 + //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second + #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) +#endif + +/** + * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part + * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. + */ +//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER + +/** + * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part + * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid + * + * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 + * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k + * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE + */ +//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER + +#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) + + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 + + #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) + + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. + //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 + + #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) + + #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point + #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple + #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point + #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling + + #endif + +#endif + +/** + * Switching Toolhead + * + * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as + * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. + */ +//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD +#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders +#endif + +/** + * "Mixing Extruder" + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. + * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). + */ +#define MIXING_EXTRUDER +#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) + #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder + #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 + //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + #define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + #define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif +#endif + +// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). +// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). +// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. +//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle +//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00} // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle +//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00} // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle + +// @section machine + +/** + * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN + * + * 0 = No Power Switch + * 1 = ATX + * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC) + * + * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' } + */ +#define POWER_SUPPLY 0 + +#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0 + // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup. + // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80. + //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF + + //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin + #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) + #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power + #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS + #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN + #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 + #endif + +#endif + +// @section temperature + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ +//=========================================================================== + +/** + * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table + * + * Temperature sensors available: + * + * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 + * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) + * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) + * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 + * 0 : not used + * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) + * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) + * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) + * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! + * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) + * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor + * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) + * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) + * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) + * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) + * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) + * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) + * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) + * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) + * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" + * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend + * 20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x + * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 + * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup + * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design + * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 + * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor + * + * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. + * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) + * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) + * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) + * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) + * + * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup + * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) + * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup + * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) + * + * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. + * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. + * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. + * + * :{ '0': "Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595",'998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2" } + */ +#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 + +// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 +#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 +#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 + +// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings +// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. +//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT +#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 + +// Extruder temperature must be close to target for this long before M109 returns success +#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) +#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one +#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early. + +// Bed temperature must be close to target for this long before M190 returns success +#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) +#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one +#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early. + +// The minimal temperature defines the temperature below which the heater will not be enabled It is used +// to check that the wiring to the thermistor is not broken. +// Otherwise this would lead to the heater being powered on all the time. +#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 +#define BED_MINTEMP 5 + +// When temperature exceeds max temp, your heater will be switched off. +// This feature exists to protect your hotend from overheating accidentally, but *NOT* from thermistor short/failure! +// You should use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection. +#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 +#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= PID Settings ================================ +//=========================================================================== +// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning + +// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. +#define PIDTEMP +#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current +#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current +#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop +#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) + #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) + //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. + //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX + //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay + //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) + // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] + #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature + // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. + + // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it + + // A10M [@thinkyhead] + #define DEFAULT_Kp 45.80 + #define DEFAULT_Ki 3.61 + #define DEFAULT_Kd 145.39 + +#endif // PIDTEMP + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= PID > Bed Temperature Control =============== +//=========================================================================== + +/** + * PID Bed Heating + * + * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. + * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. + * + * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. + * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, + * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly + * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W + * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand + * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. + */ +#define PIDTEMPBED + +//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING + +/** + * Max Bed Power + * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). + * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider + * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) + */ +#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current + +#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) + + //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. + + // MeCreator2 generated by Autotune + #define DEFAULT_bedKp 182.46 // 175.68 189.95 + #define DEFAULT_bedKi 35.92 // 34.59 37.40 + #define DEFAULT_bedKd 231.70 // 223.07 241.19 + + // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. +#endif // PIDTEMPBED + +// @section extruder + +/** + * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. + * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn + * cold extrusion prevention on and off. + * + * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** + */ +#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION +#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 + +/** + * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. + * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. + */ +#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE +#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 450 + +//=========================================================================== +//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= +//=========================================================================== + +/** + * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage + * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which + * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. + * + * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower + * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep + * the heater on. + * + * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the + * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h + */ + +#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders +#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= +//=========================================================================== + +// @section machine + +// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics +// either in the usual order or reversed +//#define COREXY +//#define COREXZ +//#define COREYZ +//#define COREYX +//#define COREZX +//#define COREZY + +//=========================================================================== +//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== +//=========================================================================== + +// @section homing + +// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. +// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the +// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. +#define USE_XMIN_PLUG +#define USE_YMIN_PLUG +#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG +//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG +//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG +//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG + +// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state +#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS +#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) + // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE +#endif + +// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state +//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS +#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) + // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE +#endif + +// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). +#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. + +/** + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. + * + * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, + * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, + * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, + * TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, + * TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE + * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] + */ +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 + +// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. +// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. +//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE + +/** + * Endstop Noise Threshold + * + * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. + * + * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. + * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. + * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs + * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. + * + * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] + */ +//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 + +//============================================================================= +//============================== Movement Settings ============================ +//============================================================================= +// @section motion + +/** + * Default Settings + * + * These settings can be reset by M502 + * + * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. + */ + +/** + * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the + * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the + * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. + */ +//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS + +/** + * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) + * Override with M92 + * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] + */ +#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80.3, 80.8, 400, 340 } + +/** + * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) + * Override with M203 + * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] + */ +#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 40, 45 } + +/** + * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s + * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) + * Override with M201 + * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] + */ +#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 5000, 5000, 40, 5000 } + +/** + * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s + * Override with M204 + * + * M204 P Acceleration + * M204 R Retract Acceleration + * M204 T Travel Acceleration + */ +#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves +#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 2000 // E acceleration for retracts +#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves + +// +// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting +// +#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION +#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) + #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge +#endif + +/** + * Default Jerk (mm/s) + * Override with M205 X Y Z E + * + * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. + * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the + * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. + */ +#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) + #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 + #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 + #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 +#endif + +#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance + +/** + * S-Curve Acceleration + * + * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier + * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. + * + * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained + */ +//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= +//=========================================================================== +// @section probes + +// +// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html +// + +/** + * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN + * + * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. + */ +#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN + +/** + * Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP + * + * Enable this option for a probe connected to any pin except Z-Min. + * (By default Marlin assumes the Z-Max endstop pin.) + * To use a custom Z Probe pin, set Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN below. + * + * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. + * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. + * + * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: + * - For simple switches connect... + * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. + * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. + * + * WARNING: Setting the wrong pin may have unexpected and potentially + * disastrous consequences. Use with caution and do your homework. + * + */ +//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP + +/** + * Probe Type + * + * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. + * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. + */ + +/** + * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. + * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands + * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. + */ +#define PROBE_MANUALLY +#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 + +/** + * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. + * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) + */ +//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE + +/** + * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. + */ +//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. +//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0} // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles + +/** + * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. + */ +//#define BLTOUCH +#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) + //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 375 // (ms) Enable and increase if needed +#endif + +// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) +//#define SOLENOID_PROBE + +// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. +//#define Z_PROBE_SLED +//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. + +// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. +//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE +#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) + #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS + #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS +#endif + +// +// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. +// + +/** + * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). + * X and Y offsets must be integers. + * + * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: + * #define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 + * #define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 + * + * +-- BACK ---+ + * | | + * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) + * E | | I + * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) + * T | | H + * | (-) | T + * | | + * O-- FRONT --+ + * (0,0) + */ +#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER -37 // X offset: -left +right [of the nozzle] +#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 0 // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle] +#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER -0.5 // Z offset: -below +above [the nozzle] + +// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges +#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 + +// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes +#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 + +// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) +#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z + +// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point +#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) + +// The number of probes to perform at each point. +// Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result. +// Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results. +#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 + +/** + * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between + * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. + * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. + * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. + * + * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or + * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) + * probe Z Offset set with Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, M851, or the LCD. + * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. + * + * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. + * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. + */ +#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow +#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points +#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes +//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done + +#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping + +// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset +#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 +#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 + +// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy +//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST + +// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation +//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW + +/** + * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. + * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical + * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. + * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve + * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. + */ +#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing +#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) + #define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) +#endif +#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing +//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing +#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors + +// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 +// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } +#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 +#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 +#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 +#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders + +// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. +// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! +#define DISABLE_X false +#define DISABLE_Y false +#define DISABLE_Z false + +// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy +//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING + +// @section extruder + +#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled + +// @section machine + +// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. +#define INVERT_X_DIR true +#define INVERT_Y_DIR true +#define INVERT_Z_DIR false + +// @section extruder + +// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. +#define INVERT_E0_DIR false +#define INVERT_E1_DIR false +#define INVERT_E2_DIR false +#define INVERT_E3_DIR false +#define INVERT_E4_DIR false +#define INVERT_E5_DIR false + +// @section homing + +//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed + +//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. + +#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... + // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. + +// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN +// :[-1,1] +#define X_HOME_DIR -1 +#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 +#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 + +// @section machine + +// The size of the print bed +#define X_BED_SIZE 220 +#define Y_BED_SIZE 220 + +// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. +#define X_MIN_POS -10 +#define Y_MIN_POS -5 +#define Z_MIN_POS 0 +#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE +#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE +#define Z_MAX_POS 260 + +/** + * Software Endstops + * + * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. + * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. + * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. + * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state + */ + +// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds +#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS +#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) + #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X + #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y + #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z +#endif + +// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds +#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS +#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) + #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X + #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y + #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z +#endif + +#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) || ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) + //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD +#endif + +/** + * Filament Runout Sensors + * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. + * + * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. + * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. + * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. + */ +#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR +#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) + #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 2 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 66 + #define FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN 67 + #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the sensors. + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. + //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. + + // Set one or more commands to run on filament runout. + // - Always applies to SD-card printing. + // - Applies to host-based printing if ACTION_ON_FILAMENT_RUNOUT is not set. + #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" + + // With this option, if filament runs out during host-based printing, Marlin + // will send "//action:" to the host and let the + // host handle filament change. If left undefined the FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT + // will be used on filament runout for both host-based and SD-card printing. + // + // The host must be able to respond to the //action: command set here. + // + //#define ACTION_ON_FILAMENT_RUNOUT "pause: filament_runout" + + // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament + // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of + // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. + //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 + + #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM + // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin + // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM + // large enough to avoid false positives.) + //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR + #endif +#endif + +//=========================================================================== +//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== +//=========================================================================== +// @section calibrate + +/** + * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters + * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. + * + * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! + * + * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT + * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) + * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. + * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. + * + * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR + * Probe several points in a grid. + * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. + * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. + * + * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR + * Probe several points in a grid. + * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. + * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. + * + * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) + * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits + * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh + * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. + * + * - MESH_BED_LEVELING + * Probe a grid manually + * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) + * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform + * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. + * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. + */ +//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT +//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR +#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR +//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL +//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING + +/** + * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable + * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. + */ +//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 + +/** + * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. + * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. + * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! + */ +//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE + +#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, + // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. + // The height can be set with M420 Z + #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT + + // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, + // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the + // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. + #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES + #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) + + /** + * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. + */ + //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION + #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) + #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. + #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. + #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205.0 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. + #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60.0 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. + #endif + +#endif + +#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) + + // Set the number of grid points per dimension. + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X + + // Set the boundaries for probing (where the probe can reach). + //#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE + //#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION (X_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE)) + //#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE + //#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION (Y_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE)) + + // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column + //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST + + #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) + + // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? + // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. + //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID + + // + // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. + // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. + // + //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION + #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) + // Number of subdivisions between probe points + #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 + #endif + + #endif + +#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + + //=========================================================================== + //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ + //=========================================================================== + + //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh + + #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X + + #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle + #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 + + //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used + // as the Z-Height correction value. + +#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) + + //=========================================================================== + //=================================== Mesh ================================== + //=========================================================================== + + #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X + + //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS + +#endif // BED_LEVELING + +/** + * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. + * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. + */ +#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 + //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 + //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 + //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 + //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 + //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 +#endif + +/** + * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. + * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. + */ +#define LCD_BED_LEVELING + +#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) + #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. + #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment + //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points +#endif + +// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment +#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS + +#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) + #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling + #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners + //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner +#endif + +/** + * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. + * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. + */ +//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" + + +// @section homing + +// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) +//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 + +// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. +// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. +//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 +//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 +//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 + +// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. +// +// With this feature enabled: +// +// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. +// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. +// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). +// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. +// +//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING + +#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) + #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). + #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). +#endif + +// Homing speeds (mm/m) +#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (100*60) +#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (20*60) + +// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves +#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS + +// @section calibrate + +/** + * Bed Skew Compensation + * + * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. + * + * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: + * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) + * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C + * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D + * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D + * + * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. + * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: + * + * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 + * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) + * + * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. + * Use these diagrams for reference: + * + * Y Z Z + * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C + * | / / | / / | / / + * | / / | / / | / / + * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D + * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y + * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR + */ +//#define SKEW_CORRECTION + +#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) + // Input all length measurements here: + #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 + #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 + #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 + + // Or, set the default skew factors directly here + // to override the above measurements: + #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 + + //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z + #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) + #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 + #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 + #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 + #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 + #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 + #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 + #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 + #endif + + // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime + //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE +#endif + +//============================================================================= +//============================= Additional Features =========================== +//============================================================================= + +// @section extras + +// +// EEPROM +// +// The microcontroller can store settings in the EEPROM, e.g. max velocity... +// M500 - stores parameters in EEPROM +// M501 - reads parameters from EEPROM (if you need reset them after you changed them temporarily). +// M502 - reverts to the default "factory settings". You still need to store them in EEPROM afterwards if you want to. +// +#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Enable for M500 and M501 commands +//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! +#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. + +// +// Host Keepalive +// +// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host +// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. +// +#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages +#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. +#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating + +// +// M100 Free Memory Watcher +// +//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage + +// +// G20/G21 Inch mode support +// +//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT + +// +// M149 Set temperature units support +// +//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT + +// @section temperature + +// Preheat Constants +#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" +#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 190 +#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 +#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 + +#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" +#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 +#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 90 +#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 + +/** + * Nozzle Park + * + * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. + * + * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: + * + * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. + * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. + * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. + */ +#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE + +#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) + // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z } + #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { 3, 3, 10 } + #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // X and Y axes feedrate in mm/s (also used for delta printers Z axis) + #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // Z axis feedrate in mm/s (not used for delta printers) +#endif + +/** + * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL + * + * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. + * + * Parameters: + * P Pattern + * S Strokes / Repetitions + * T Triangles (P1 only) + * + * Patterns: + * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material + * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) + * between the start / end points. + * + * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the + * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. + * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. + * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: + * + * -- + * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) + * | | / \ / \ / \ | + * A | | / \ / \ / \ | + * | | / \ / \ / \ | + * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) + * -- +--------------------------------+ + * |________|_________|_________| + * T1 T2 T3 + * + * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. + * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. + * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. + * + * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. + * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. + * + */ +//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE + +#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) + // Default number of pattern repetitions + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 + + // Default number of triangles + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 + + // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)} + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)} + + // Circular pattern radius + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 + // Circular pattern circle fragments number + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 + // Middle point of circle + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT + + // Moves the nozzle to the initial position + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK +#endif + +/** + * Print Job Timer + * + * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. + * + * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer + * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer + * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none + * + * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: + * + * M75 - Start the print job timer + * M76 - Pause the print job timer + * M77 - Stop the print job timer + */ +#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART + +/** + * Print Counter + * + * Track statistical data such as: + * + * - Total print jobs + * - Total successful print jobs + * - Total failed print jobs + * - Total time printing + * + * View the current statistics with M78. + */ +//#define PRINTCOUNTER + +//============================================================================= +//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ +//============================================================================= + +// @section lcd + +/** + * LCD LANGUAGE + * + * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: + * + * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, + * jp-kana, ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, zh_CN, zh_TW, test + * + * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } + */ +#define LCD_LANGUAGE en + +/** + * LCD Character Set + * + * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. + * + * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these + * language extensions: + * + * - JAPANESE ... the most common + * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters + * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language + * + * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: + * + * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' + * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu + * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text + * + * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html + * + * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] + */ +#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE + +/** + * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) + * + * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] + */ +#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 + +/** + * SD CARD + * + * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, + * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. + * + */ +#define SDSUPPORT + +/** + * SD CARD: SPI SPEED + * + * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. + * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. + */ +//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED +//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED +//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED + +/** + * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC + * + * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. + */ +//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY + +/** + * LCD Menu Items + * + * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or + * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. + */ +//#define NO_LCD_MENUS +//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS + +// +// ENCODER SETTINGS +// +// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to +// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. +// +#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 2 + +// +// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to +// move between next/prev menu items. +// +//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 + +/** + * Encoder Direction Options + * + * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. + * + * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. + * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. + * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. + */ + +// +// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. +// +// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE +// +//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION + +// +// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. +// +// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. +// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. +// +//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION + +// +// Individual Axis Homing +// +// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. +// +//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU + +// +// SPEAKER/BUZZER +// +// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. +// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. +// +#define SPEAKER + +// +// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. +// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. +// +// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: +// M300 S P +// +//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 +//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 + +//============================================================================= +//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= +//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= +//============================================================================= + +// +// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. +// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller +// +// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. +// +//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER + +// +// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader +// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ +// +//#define RADDS_DISPLAY + +// +// ULTIMAKER Controller. +// +//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER + +// +// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. +// +#define ULTIPANEL + +// +// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) +// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne +// +//#define PANEL_ONE + +// +// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller +// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel +// +// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. +// +//#define G3D_PANEL + +// +// RigidBot Panel V1.0 +// http://www.inventapart.com/ +// +//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL + +// +// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller +// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html +// +//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 + +// +// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller +// +//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. + // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference + // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. + // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. + +// +// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. +// +//#define ULTRA_LCD + +//============================================================================= +//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= +//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== +//============================================================================= + +// +// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C +// +// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C +// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C +// + +// +// Elefu RA Board Control Panel +// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 +// +//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL + +// +// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays +// +// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library +// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home +// +//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 +//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 + +// +// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter +// +//#define LCM1602 + +// +// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, +// separate encoder and click inputs. +// +// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. +// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 +// +// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to +// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). +// +//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 + +// +// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, +// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. +// +//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI + +// +// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels +// + +// +// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH +// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD +// +//#define SAV_3DLCD + +// +// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 +// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD +// Uses the code directly from Sailfish +// +//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD + +//============================================================================= +//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= +//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== +//============================================================================= + +// +// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) +// +// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! +// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino +// + +// +// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller +// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller +// +//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER + +// +// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD +// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 +// +//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD + +// +// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices +// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD +// http://panucatt.com +// +//#define VIKI2 +//#define miniVIKI + +// +// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic +// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel +// +//#define MINIPANEL + +// +// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. +// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel +// +//#define MAKRPANEL + +// +// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. +// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ +// +//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER + +// +// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by +// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. +// +//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER + +// +// Cartesio UI +// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface +// +//#define CARTESIO_UI + +// +// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD +// +//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI + +// +// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display +// +//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 + +// +// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules +// +//#define SAV_3DGLCD +#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) + //#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 + #define U8GLIB_SH1106 +#endif + +// +// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder +// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) +// +//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER + +// +// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel +// +//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 + +// +// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support +// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 +// +//#define MKS_MINI_12864 + +// +// Factory display for Creality CR-10 +// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html +// +// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. +// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) +// +//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY + +// +// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller +// +// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 +// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with +// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). +// +//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD + +// +// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER +// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED +// +// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display +// +//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) +//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller + +// +// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD +// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html +// +//#define AZSMZ_12864 + +// +// Silvergate GLCD controller +// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate +// +//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER + +// +// Extensible UI +// +// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't +// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to +// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib" +// +//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI + +//============================================================================= +//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== +//============================================================================= + +// +// MKS Robin 320x240 color display +// +//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT + +//============================================================================= +//============================ Other Controllers ============================ +//============================================================================= + +// +// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial +// + +// +// LCD for Malyan M200 printers. +// +//#define MALYAN_LCD + +// +// CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on +// + +// +// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 +// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 +// +// REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP sets how much should the robot move when a key +// is pressed, a value of 10.0 means 10mm per click. +// +//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD +//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 + +//============================================================================= +//=============================== Extra Features ============================== +//============================================================================= + +// @section extras + +// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino +//#define FAST_PWM_FAN + +// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency +// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency +// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. +//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM + +// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, +// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. +// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; +// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. +#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 + +// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can +// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, +// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired +// duty cycle is attained. +//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER + +// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. +// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C +// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) +//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS + +// M240 Triggers a camera by emulating a Canon RC-1 Remote +// Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ +//#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 + +// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure +//#define SF_ARC_FIX + +// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder +//#define BARICUDA + +// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb +//#define BLINKM + +// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver +//#define PCA9632 + +// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver +// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED +//#define PCA9533 + +/** + * RGB LED / LED Strip Control + * + * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or + * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. + * + * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. + * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of + * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. + * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. + * + * *** CAUTION *** + * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, + * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. + * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! + * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs + * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. + * *** CAUTION *** + * + * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. + * + */ +//#define RGB_LED +//#define RGBW_LED + +#if ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED) + #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 + #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 + #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 + #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 +#endif + +// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver +//#define NEOPIXEL_LED +#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) + #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) + #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin on motherboard 4 => D4 (EXP2-5 on Printrboard) / 30 => PC7 (EXP3-13 on Rumba) + #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip + #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. + #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) + //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup +#endif + +/** + * Printer Event LEDs + * + * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: + * + * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp + * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature + * - Change to white to illuminate work surface + * - Change to green once print has finished + * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button + */ +#if ENABLED(BLINKM) || ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED) || ENABLED(PCA9632) || ENABLED(PCA9533)|| ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) + #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS +#endif + +/** + * R/C SERVO support + * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas + */ + +/** + * Number of servos + * + * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. + * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. + * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. + */ +//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command + +// Delay (in milliseconds) before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. +// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. +// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. +#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } + +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter +//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE + +// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM +//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration_adv.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cc003808a --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration_adv.h @@ -0,0 +1,2243 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * Configuration_adv.h + * + * Advanced settings. + * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. + * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! + * + * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h + * + */ +#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 + +// @section temperature + +//=========================================================================== +//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ +//=========================================================================== + +// +// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. +// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 +// +//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT +#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) + #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED + #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 + #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true +#endif + +#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) + #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control + #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) + #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage + * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which + * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. + * + * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower + * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep + * the heater on. + * + * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. + * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too + * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. + * + * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase + * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD + */ +#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius + + //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops + #if ENABLED(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING) && ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 + #endif + + /** + * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the + * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature + * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and + * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only + * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable + * test. + * + * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD + * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set + * below 2. + */ + #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds + #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius +#endif + +/** + * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. + */ +#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius + + /** + * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). + */ + #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds + #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius +#endif + +#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + // this adds an experimental additional term to the heating power, proportional to the extrusion speed. + // if Kc is chosen well, the additional required power due to increased melting should be compensated. + //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING + #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) + #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) + #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Automatic Temperature: + * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. + * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". + * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F + * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by + * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* + * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. + * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode + */ +#define AUTOTEMP +#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) + #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 +#endif + +// Show extra position information in M114 +//#define M114_DETAIL + +// Show Temperature ADC value +// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. +//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES + +/** + * High Temperature Thermistor Support + * + * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting + * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP + * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the + * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure + * and force stop everything. + * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, + * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle + * aberrant readings. + * + * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) + * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below + */ + +// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur +// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) +//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 + +// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check +// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the +// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach +// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. +// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) +//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 + +// @section extruder + +// Extruder runout prevention. +// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP +// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. +//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT +#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) + #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 + #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 + #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) + #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) +#endif + +// @section temperature + +// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. +// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. +#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 + +/** + * Controller Fan + * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. + * + * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled + * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. + */ +//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN +#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) + //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan + #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled + #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed +#endif + +// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the +// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably +// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) +//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 + +/** + * PWM Fan Scaling + * + * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). + * + * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset + * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower + * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) + * Value 0 always turns off the fan. + * + * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. + */ +//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 +//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 + +// @section extruder + +/** + * Extruder cooling fans + * + * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' + * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. + * + * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here + * or set to -1 to disable completely. + * + * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case + * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. + */ +#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 +#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed + +/** + * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer + * + * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. + * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. + * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. + */ +#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 +#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 +#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 + +/** + * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness + */ +//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE +#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) + //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed + #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW + #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on + #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) + //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu + //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. + #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) + #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } + #endif +#endif + +//=========================================================================== +//============================ Mechanical Settings ========================== +//=========================================================================== + +// @section homing + +// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing +// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. +//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT + +// @section extras + +//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. + +// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. +//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER +#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) + //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 + //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 +#endif + +/** + * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops + * + * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. + * + * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to + * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop + * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug + * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. + * + * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors + * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error + * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. + */ + +//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS +#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions + //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ + #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif +#endif + +//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS +#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions + //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ + #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif +#endif + +//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS +#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ + #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif +#endif + +//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS +#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) + #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ + #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ + #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 + #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + */ +//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE +#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage + #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed + #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position + #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position + // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software + // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops + // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). + // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. + + // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S + // Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results + // as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0) + // Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so + // that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) + // Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all + // actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at + // once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm]) + + // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. + #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE + + // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) + #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 + +#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE + +// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. +// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. +//#define EXT_SOLENOID + +// @section homing + +// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. +#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 +#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 +#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 +#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) +#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially + +// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X +//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X + +// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. +//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING + +/** + * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment + * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. + */ +//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN +#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) + // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } + // Set number of iterations to align + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 + // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation + #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 + // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. + // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point + // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 + // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 +#endif + +// @section machine + +#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false} + +// Allow duplication mode with a basic dual-nozzle extruder +//#define DUAL_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION_MODE + +// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. +#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false +#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false +#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false +#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false + +// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. +// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. +// Time can be set by M18 and M84. +#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true + +#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate +#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 + +//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated + +// @section lcd + +#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) + #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel + #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions + #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder +#endif + +// @section extras + +// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied. +#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 + +// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full +#define SLOWDOWN + +// Frequency limit +// See nophead's blog for more info +// Not working O +//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 + +// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end +// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed +// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. +#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) + +// +// Backlash Compensation +// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. +// +//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION +#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) + // Define values for backlash distance and correction. + // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. + #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) + #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction + + // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments + // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) + //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) + + // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) + //#define BACKLASH_GCODE + + #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) + // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" + #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING + + #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) + // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT + // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION + // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. + #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) + #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) + #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) + #endif + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration + * + * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- + * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. + * + * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object + * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash + * and hotend offsets. + * + * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within + * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. + */ +//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE +#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) + + #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm + + #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m + #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m + #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m + + // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. + #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm + #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm + + // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). + //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING + + // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. + #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0} // mm + #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0} // mm + + // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best + // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. + #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT + #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT + #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT + #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK + + // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If + // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. + //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES + + // Define pin which is read during calibration + #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN + #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop + #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin + //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN + #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies + * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible + * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the + * lowest stepping frequencies. + */ +//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING + +/** + * Custom Microstepping + * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. + */ +//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW +//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW +//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW +//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW +//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH +//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH + +// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. +#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] + +/** + * @section stepper motor current + * + * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. + * + * The power on motor currents are set by: + * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 + * known compatible chips: A4982 + * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H + * known compatible chips: AD5206 + * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 + * known compatible chips: MCP4728 + * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE + * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 + * + * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. + * M907 - applies to all. + * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H + * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 + */ +//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps +//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) +//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis + +// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) +//#define DIGIPOT_I2C +#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) + /** + * Common slave addresses: + * + * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC + * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 + * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 + * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 + * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 + */ + #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT + #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT +#endif + +//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster +#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 +// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. +// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. +#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO + +//=========================================================================== +//=============================Additional Features=========================== +//=========================================================================== + +// @section lcd + +// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster +#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER +#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) + #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 10 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed + #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 50 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed +#endif + +// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen +//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE +#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) + #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 + #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 +#endif + +// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu +#define LCD_INFO_MENU + +// Scroll a longer status message into view +#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING + +// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible +//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY + +// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus +//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 + +// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage +//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY + +#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS + #define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing + #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) + #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar + #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message + #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 180000 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) + //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it + //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar + #endif +#endif + +/** + * LED Control Menu + * Enable this feature to add LED Control to the LCD menu + */ +//#define LED_CONTROL_MENU +#if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) + #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option + #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) + #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity + //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup + #endif +#endif // LED_CONTROL_MENU + +#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + + // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work + // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined + // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. + // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. + // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). + #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED + + #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished + #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. + + // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. + // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. + #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST + + // Add an option in the menu to run all auto#.g files + //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART + + /** + * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) + * + * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer + * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present + * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known + * point in the file. + */ + #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY + #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + #define POWER_LOSS_PIN 69 // Pin to detect power loss + #define POWER_LOSS_STATE LOW // State of pin indicating power loss + #endif + + /** + * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. + * + * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted + * by name for easier navigation. + * + * By default... + * + * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. + * - Folders are sorted to the top. + * - The sort key is statically allocated. + * - No added G-code (M34) support. + * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) + * + * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the + * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM + * limit is exceeded. + * + * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. + * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. + * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) + * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) + */ + #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA + + // SD Card Sorting options + #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) + #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. + #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below + #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. + #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. + #define SDSORT_USES_STACK true // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) + #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. + #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! + #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. + // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. + #endif + + // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 + //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT + + // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu + //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES + + /** + * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. + * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. + * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. + */ + //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED + + /** + * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. + * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. + * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. + */ + //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE + + /** + * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S + */ + //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS + + /** + * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or + * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear + * to Marlin as an SD card. + * + * The MAX3421E must be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with + * the following pin mapping: + * + * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO + * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN + * SS --> SDSS + */ + //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT + #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) + #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS + #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN + #endif + + /** + * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, + * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. + * + * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) + * + * Tested with this bootloader: + * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 + */ + //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE + #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) + #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF + #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 + #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF + #endif + + // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' + //#define FAST_FILE_TRANSFER + +#endif // SDSUPPORT + +/** + * Additional options for Graphical Displays + * + * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, + * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, + * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing + * on DELTA and SCARA machines. + * + * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind + * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable + * printing performance versus fast display updates. + */ +#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar + //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT + + // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen + #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME + + // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens + #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME + + // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. + // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. + //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT + + // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. + // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. + //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT + + // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. + // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. + //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 + + // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay + //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE + + /** + * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using + * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. + * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. + * + * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status + * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the + * length of time to display the status message before clearing. + * + * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. + * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. + */ + #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) + //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI + #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) + #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 + #endif + #endif + + /** + * Status (Info) Screen customizations + * These options may affect code size and screen render time. + * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. + */ + //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones + //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) + #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) + #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating + #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating + //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap + //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap + //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames + //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar + +#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + +// @section safety + +// The hardware watchdog should reset the microcontroller disabling all outputs, +// in case the firmware gets stuck and doesn't do temperature regulation. +#define USE_WATCHDOG + +#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) + // If you have a watchdog reboot in an ArduinoMega2560 then the device will hang forever, as a watchdog reset will leave the watchdog on. + // The "WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL" goes around this by not using the hardware reset. + // However, THIS FEATURE IS UNSAFE!, as it will only work if interrupts are disabled. And the code could hang in an interrupt routine with interrupts disabled. + //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL +#endif + +// @section lcd + +/** + * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing + * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z + * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. + * + * Warning: Does not respect endstops! + */ +#define BABYSTEPPING +#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) + //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! + #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way + #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. + + #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. + #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) + #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. + // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. + #endif + + #define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. + #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) + #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 5 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. + #endif + + //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping + #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) + //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets + //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor + #endif +#endif + +// @section extruder + +/** + * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 + * + * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) + * K=0 means advance disabled. + * + * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! + * + * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. + * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. + * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) + * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. + * + * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. + * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. + */ +//#define LIN_ADVANCE +#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) + #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed + //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. +#endif + +// @section leveling + +#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large + //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET + //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET + //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) + //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) +#endif + +/** + * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. + * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. + */ +//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER +#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) + #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 + #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE + /** + * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, + * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. + */ + #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." + #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" + #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" + /** + * Specify an action command to send to the host on a recovery attempt or failure. + * Will be sent in the form '//action:ACTION_ON_G29_FAILURE', e.g. '//action:probe_failed'. + * The host must be configured to handle the action command. + */ + #define G29_ACTION_ON_RECOVER "probe_rewipe" + #define G29_ACTION_ON_FAILURE "probe_failed" +#endif + +// @section extras + +// +// G2/G3 Arc Support +// +#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes +#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) + #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment + #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of intertpolated segments between corrections + //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles + //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes +#endif + +// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. +//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT + +// G38.2 and G38.3 Probe Target +// Set MULTIPLE_PROBING if you want G38 to double touch +//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET +#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) + #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // minimum distance in mm that will produce a move (determined using the print statement in check_move) +#endif + +// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move +#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 + +/** + * Minimum delay after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) + * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) + * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers + * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers + * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers + * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers + * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. + */ +//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650 + +/** + * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) + * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers + * 1 : Minimum for A4988, A5984, and LV8729 stepper drivers + * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers + * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers + * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. + */ +//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 + +/** + * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows + * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) + * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver + * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers + * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver + * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver + * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver + * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. + */ +//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 + +// @section temperature + +// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. +//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL + +//=========================================================================== +//================================= Buffers ================================= +//=========================================================================== + +// @section hidden + +// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. +// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. +#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller +#else + #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer +#endif + +// @section serial + +// The ASCII buffer for serial input +#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 +#define BUFSIZE 4 + +// Transmission to Host Buffer Size +// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. +// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. +// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. +// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. +// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. +// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] +#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 + +// Host Receive Buffer Size +// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. +// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. +// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] +//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 + +#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 + // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to + // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. + //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF +#endif + +#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum + // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. + //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED + + // Enable this option to collect and display the number + // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. + //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX +#endif + +// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they +// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. +// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 +// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! +//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER + +// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' +// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. +// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. +// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. +//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds + +// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. +//#define ADVANCED_OK + +// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. +// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. +#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION + +// @section extras + +/** + * Extra Fan Speed + * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. + * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for + * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed + * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed + */ +//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED + +/** + * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract + * + * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. + * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. + * + * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. + * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range + * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. + * + * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. + * + * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. + * + */ +//#define FWRETRACT +#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) + #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // costs ~500 bytes of PROGMEM + #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) + #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // When auto-retract is on, convert E moves of this length and over + #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // Upper limit for auto-retract conversion + #endif + #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // Default retract length (positive mm) + #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // Default swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change + #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // Default feedrate for retracting (mm/s) + #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // Default retract Z-raise (mm) + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // Default additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering) + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // Default additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change) + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s) + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction (mm/s) + #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) + //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Universal tool change settings. + * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. + */ +#if EXTRUDERS > 1 + // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders + #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) + + // Retract and prime filament on tool-change + //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP + #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) + #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) + #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) + #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) + #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) + #endif + + /** + * Position to park head during tool change. + * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER + */ + //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK + #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) + #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } + #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Advanced Pause + * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. + * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. + * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. + * + * Requires an LCD display. + * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. + * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. + */ +#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE +#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) + #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. + #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. + // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 18 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 450 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. + // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. + // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. + // Set to 0 for manual unloading. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 12 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 450 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. + // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. + // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. + // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. + //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. + #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. + #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 40 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. + // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. + // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu + // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. + #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. + + // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. + + #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. + #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. + + //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. + //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change + + //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. + //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) +#endif + +// @section tmc + +/** + * TMC26X Stepper Driver options + * + * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. + * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper + */ +#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) + #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) + #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) + #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) + #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) + #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) + #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) + #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) + #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) + #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) + #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) + #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) + #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) + #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) + #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) + #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + +#endif // TMC26X + +// @section tmc_smart + +/** + * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode + * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define + * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 + * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). + * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. + * + * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN + * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. + * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without + * a resistor. + * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. + * + * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. + * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper + */ +#if HAS_TRINAMIC + + #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current + #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) + #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. + #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 + #define X_RSENSE 0.11 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) + #define X2_CURRENT 800 + #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) + #define Y_CURRENT 800 + #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) + #define Y2_CURRENT 800 + #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) + #define Z_CURRENT 800 + #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) + #define Z2_CURRENT 800 + #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) + #define Z3_CURRENT 800 + #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) + #define E0_CURRENT 800 + #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) + #define E1_CURRENT 800 + #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) + #define E2_CURRENT 800 + #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) + #define E3_CURRENT 800 + #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) + #define E4_CURRENT 800 + #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) + #define E5_CURRENT 800 + #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 + #endif + + /** + * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. + * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. + */ + //#define X_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 + //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 + + /** + * Use software SPI for TMC2130. + * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). + * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, + * but you can override or define them here. + */ + //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI + //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 + //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 + //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 + + /** + * Software enable + * + * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same + * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. + */ + //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE + + /** + * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only + * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. + * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. + */ + #define STEALTHCHOP_XY + #define STEALTHCHOP_Z + #define STEALTHCHOP_E + + /** + * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets + * or with the help of an example included in the library. + * Provided parameter sets are + * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V + * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V + * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V + * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) + * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 + * + * Define you own with + * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } + */ + #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + + /** + * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, + * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial. + * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. + * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. + * Relevant g-codes: + * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. + * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. + * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. + * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) + */ + //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS + + #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) + #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] + #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE + #define STOP_ON_ERROR + #endif + + /** + * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only + * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. + * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. + * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. + * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting + */ + //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD + + #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] + #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 + #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 + #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 + #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 + #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 + #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 + #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + + /** + * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only + * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop. + * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. + * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. + * + * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is used for tuning the trigger sensitivity. + * Higher values make the system LESS sensitive. + * Lower value make the system MORE sensitive. + * Too low values can lead to false positives, while too high values will collide the axis without triggering. + * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. + * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting + */ + //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only + + /** + * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. + * + * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod + * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. + */ + //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only + + #if ENABLED(SENSORLESS_HOMING) || ENABLED(SENSORLESS_PROBING) + #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 + #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 + //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 + #endif + + /** + * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. + * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. + */ + //#define TMC_DEBUG + + /** + * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. + * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page + * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2130Stepper + * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2208Stepper + * + * Example: + * #define TMC_ADV() { \ + * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ + * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ + * } + */ + #define TMC_ADV() { } + +#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC + +// @section L6470 + +/** + * L6470 Stepper Driver options + * + * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. + * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 + * + * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file + * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN + * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN + * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN + * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN + * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) + */ +#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) + + //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) + #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) + #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) + #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) + #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper + #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) + #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) + #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) + #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) + #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) + #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) + #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) + #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) + #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) + #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) + #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) + #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) + #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 + #endif + + /** + * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. + * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. + * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. + * Relevant g-codes: + * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. + * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 + * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 + * I3 - Z3 or E3 + * I4 - E4 + * I5 - E5 + * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning + * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds + * M918 - Increase speed until max or error + * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters + */ + //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS + + #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) + #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 + //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR + #endif + +#endif // L6470 + +/** + * TWI/I2C BUS + * + * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production + * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave + * devices on the bus. + * + * ; Example #1 + * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) + * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg + * M260 A99 ; Target slave address + * M260 B77 ; M + * M260 B97 ; a + * M260 B114 ; r + * M260 B108 ; l + * M260 B105 ; i + * M260 B110 ; n + * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer + * + * ; Example #2 + * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) + * M261 A99 B5 + * + * ; Example #3 + * ; Example serial output of a M261 request + * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello + */ + +// @section i2cbus + +//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS +#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave + +// @section extras + +/** + * Canon Hack Development Kit + * http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ + */ +//#define CHDK_PIN 4 // Set and enable a pin for triggering CHDK to take a picture +#if PIN_EXISTS(CHDK) + #define CHDK_DELAY 50 // (ms) How long the pin should remain HIGH +#endif + +/** + * Spindle & Laser control + * + * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and + * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. + * + * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. + * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set + * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. + * + * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V + * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. + * + * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. + */ +//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE +#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE) + + #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT false // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower + #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power + #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop + #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE true // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction + #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false + #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE true // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction + + /** + * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power + * + * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT + * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 + * + * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) + */ + + #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 + #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 + #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 + #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM + + //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 + //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 + //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 + //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% +#endif + +/** + * Filament Width Sensor + * + * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts + * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. + * + * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the + * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the + * volume. + * + * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. + * + * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector + * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) + * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 + * + * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. + */ +//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR + +#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) + #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] + #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber + + #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it + #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. + + #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially + + // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. + //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY +#endif + +/** + * CNC Coordinate Systems + * + * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems + * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. + */ +//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS + +/** + * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S + */ +#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES + +/** + * Include capabilities in M115 output + */ +#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT + +/** + * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options + */ +//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS + +#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) + /** + * Volumetric extrusion default state + * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, + * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. + * + * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. + */ + //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON +#endif + +/** + * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all + * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. + * + * - M206 and M428 are disabled. + * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. + */ +#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS + +/** + * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. + * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. + * + * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. + * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. + */ +#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 + +/** + * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser + */ +#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER + +/** + * CNC G-code options + * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. + * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). + * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. + */ +//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments +//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. + +// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves +//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) +#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE + //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode +#endif + +/** + * G-code Macros + * + * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. + * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. + */ +//#define GCODE_MACROS +#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) + #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used + #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro +#endif + +/** + * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode + */ +//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS +#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) + //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" + #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" + #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK + //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script + + #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" + #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" + + #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL + #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) + + #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL + #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) + + #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" + #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" + + #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" + #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" +#endif + +/** + * Specify an action command to send to the host when the printer is killed. + * Will be sent in the form '//action:ACTION_ON_KILL', e.g. '//action:poweroff'. + * The host must be configured to handle the action command. + */ +//#define ACTION_ON_KILL "poweroff" + +/** + * Specify an action command to send to the host on pause and resume. + * Will be sent in the form '//action:ACTION_ON_PAUSE', e.g. '//action:pause'. + * The host must be configured to handle the action command. + * + * PAUSE / RESUME : Used in non-parking scenarios where the host handles the + * action while Marlin continues to process G-Code. (M24/M25) + * + * PAUSED / RESUMED : Used in scenarios where Marlin handles pause and filament- + * change actions and the host needs to stop sending commands + * until the machine is ready to resume. (M125/M600) + * + * CANCEL : Instructs the host to abort the print job. Used when the + * print is canceled from the LCD menu. + */ +//#define ACTION_ON_PAUSE "pause" +//#define ACTION_ON_RESUME "resume" +//#define ACTION_ON_PAUSED "paused" +//#define ACTION_ON_RESUMED "resumed" +//#define ACTION_ON_CANCEL "cancel" + +//=========================================================================== +//====================== I2C Position Encoder Settings ====================== +//=========================================================================== + +/** + * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. + * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. + * + * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder + * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder + * + * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module + * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ + * + * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. + */ + +//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS +#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) + + #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 + // encoders supported currently. + + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- + // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for + // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, + // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. + //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper + // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) + //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the + // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors + // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of + // measurement noise / latency (filter). + + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 + //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) + //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 + + #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options + #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. + + #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. + #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS + + #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. + #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS + + // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. + #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR + #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 + #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) + #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE + #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 + + //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given + // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to + // disable abort behaviour. + + #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault + // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder + // is trusted again. + + /** + * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, + * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with + * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. + */ + #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. + + // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. + #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE + +#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS + +/** + * MAX7219 Debug Matrix + * + * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. + * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. + */ +//#define MAX7219_DEBUG +#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) + #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 + #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 + #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 + + //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix + #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) + #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. + #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) + // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 + //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order + + /** + * Sample debug features + * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! + */ + #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning + #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row + #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row + + #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row + // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how + // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. +#endif + +/** + * NanoDLP Sync support + * + * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" + * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use + * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands + */ +//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC +#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) + //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. + // Default behaviour is limited to Z axis only. +#endif + +/** + * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) + */ +//#define WIFISUPPORT +#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) + #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" + #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" +#endif + +/** + * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 + * Enable in Configuration.h + */ +#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) + + // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. + // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) + // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) + #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 + #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial + + // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it + //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 + + // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) + //#define MMU2_MODE_12V + + // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout + #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" + + // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 + //#define MMU2_MENUS + #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) + // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. + // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. + #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 + #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ + { 7.2, 562 }, \ + { 14.4, 871 }, \ + { 36.0, 1393 }, \ + { 14.4, 871 }, \ + { 50.0, 198 } + + #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ + { 1.0, 1000 }, \ + { 1.0, 1500 }, \ + { 2.0, 2000 }, \ + { 1.5, 3000 }, \ + { 2.5, 4000 }, \ + { -15.0, 5000 }, \ + { -14.0, 1200 }, \ + { -6.0, 600 }, \ + { 10.0, 700 }, \ + { -10.0, 400 }, \ + { -50.0, 2000 } + + #endif + + //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output + +#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 + +// @section develop + +/** + * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins + */ +//#define PINS_DEBUGGING + +// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands +//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2b540af20 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration.h @@ -0,0 +1,2097 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * Configuration.h + * + * Basic settings such as: + * + * - Type of electronics + * - Type of temperature sensor + * - Printer geometry + * - Endstop configuration + * - LCD controller + * - Extra features + * + * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h + * + */ +#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= Getting Started ============================= +//=========================================================================== + +/** + * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: + * + * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration + * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk + * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz + * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide + * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 + * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap + * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 + */ + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== +//=========================================================================== +// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the +// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. +// + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== +//=========================================================================== +// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in +// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. +// + +// @section info + +// User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during +// startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this +// build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware. +#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. +#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN +#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 SHORT_BUILD_VERSION // will be shown during bootup in line 1 +#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 WEBSITE_URL // will be shown during bootup in line 2 + +/** + * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** + * + * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. + * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed + * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. + * + * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also + * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. + */ + +// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. +//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN + +// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. +//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE + +// @section machine + +/** + * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. + * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. + * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. + * + * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] + */ +#define SERIAL_PORT 0 + +/** + * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. + * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. + * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. + * + * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] + */ +//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 + +/** + * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. + * + * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if + * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. + * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. + * + * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] + */ +#define BAUDRATE 115200 + +// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices +//#define BLUETOOTH + +// The following define selects which electronics board you have. +// Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup +#ifndef MOTHERBOARD + #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_GT2560_V3_A20 +#endif + +// Optional custom name for your RepStrap or other custom machine +// Displayed in the LCD "Ready" message +#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Geeetech A20M" + +// Define this to set a unique identifier for this printer, (Used by some programs to differentiate between machines) +// You can use an online service to generate a random UUID. (eg http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4) +//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" + +// @section extruder + +// This defines the number of extruders +// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] +#define EXTRUDERS 1 + +// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. +#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 + +// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. +//#define SINGLENOZZLE + +/** + * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. + * + * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive + * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable + * for extruders. + * + * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. + * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. + */ +//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER +#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) + // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. + // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. + //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required + //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs + //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs +#endif + +/** + * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 + * + * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. + * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 + * + * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h + */ +//#define PRUSA_MMU2 + +// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor +//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER +#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) + #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 + #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] + #if EXTRUDERS > 3 + #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 + #endif +#endif + +// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles +//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE +#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) + #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 + //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second + #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) +#endif + +/** + * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part + * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. + */ +//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER + +/** + * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part + * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid + * + * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 + * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k + * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE + */ +//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER + +#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) + + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 + + #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) + + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. + //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 + + #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) + + #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point + #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple + #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point + #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling + + #endif + +#endif + +/** + * Switching Toolhead + * + * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as + * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. + */ +//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD +#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders +#endif + +/** + * "Mixing Extruder" + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. + * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). + */ +#define MIXING_EXTRUDER +#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) + #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder + #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 + //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + #define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + #define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif +#endif + +// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). +// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). +// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. +//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle +//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00} // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle +//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00} // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle + +// @section machine + +/** + * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN + * + * 0 = No Power Switch + * 1 = ATX + * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC) + * + * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' } + */ +#define POWER_SUPPLY 0 + +#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0 + // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup. + // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80. + //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF + + //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin + #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) + #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power + #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS + #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN + #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 + #endif + +#endif + +// @section temperature + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ +//=========================================================================== + +/** + * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table + * + * Temperature sensors available: + * + * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 + * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) + * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) + * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 + * 0 : not used + * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) + * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) + * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) + * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! + * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) + * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor + * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) + * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) + * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) + * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) + * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) + * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) + * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) + * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) + * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" + * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend + * 20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x + * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 + * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup + * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design + * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 + * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor + * + * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. + * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) + * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) + * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) + * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) + * + * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup + * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) + * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup + * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) + * + * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. + * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. + * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. + * + * :{ '0': "Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595",'998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2" } + */ +#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 + +// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 +#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 +#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 + +// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings +// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. +//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT +#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 + +// Extruder temperature must be close to target for this long before M109 returns success +#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) +#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one +#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early. + +// Bed temperature must be close to target for this long before M190 returns success +#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) +#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one +#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early. + +// The minimal temperature defines the temperature below which the heater will not be enabled It is used +// to check that the wiring to the thermistor is not broken. +// Otherwise this would lead to the heater being powered on all the time. +#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 +#define BED_MINTEMP 5 + +// When temperature exceeds max temp, your heater will be switched off. +// This feature exists to protect your hotend from overheating accidentally, but *NOT* from thermistor short/failure! +// You should use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection. +#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 +#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= PID Settings ================================ +//=========================================================================== +// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning + +// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. +#define PIDTEMP +#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current +#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current +#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop +#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) + #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) + //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. + //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX + //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay + //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) + // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] + #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature + // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. + + // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it + + // A20M [@thinkyhead] + #define DEFAULT_Kp 45.80 + #define DEFAULT_Ki 3.61 + #define DEFAULT_Kd 145.39 + +#endif // PIDTEMP + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= PID > Bed Temperature Control =============== +//=========================================================================== + +/** + * PID Bed Heating + * + * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. + * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. + * + * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. + * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, + * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly + * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W + * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand + * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. + */ +#define PIDTEMPBED + +//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING + +/** + * Max Bed Power + * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). + * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider + * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) + */ +#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current + +#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) + + //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. + + // MeCreator2 generated by Autotune + #define DEFAULT_bedKp 182.46 // 175.68 189.95 + #define DEFAULT_bedKi 35.92 // 34.59 37.40 + #define DEFAULT_bedKd 231.70 // 223.07 241.19 + + // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. +#endif // PIDTEMPBED + +// @section extruder + +/** + * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. + * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn + * cold extrusion prevention on and off. + * + * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** + */ +#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION +#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 + +/** + * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. + * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. + */ +#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE +#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 400 + +//=========================================================================== +//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= +//=========================================================================== + +/** + * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage + * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which + * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. + * + * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower + * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep + * the heater on. + * + * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the + * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h + */ + +#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders +#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= +//=========================================================================== + +// @section machine + +// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics +// either in the usual order or reversed +//#define COREXY +//#define COREXZ +//#define COREYZ +//#define COREYX +//#define COREZX +//#define COREZY + +//=========================================================================== +//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== +//=========================================================================== + +// @section homing + +// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. +// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the +// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. +#define USE_XMIN_PLUG +#define USE_YMIN_PLUG +#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG +//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG +//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG +//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG + +// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state +#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS +#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) + // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE +#endif + +// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state +//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS +#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) + // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE +#endif + +// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). +#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. + +/** + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. + * + * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, + * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, + * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, + * TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, + * TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE + * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] + */ +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 + +// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. +// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. +//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE + +/** + * Endstop Noise Threshold + * + * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. + * + * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. + * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. + * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs + * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. + * + * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] + */ +//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 + +//============================================================================= +//============================== Movement Settings ============================ +//============================================================================= +// @section motion + +/** + * Default Settings + * + * These settings can be reset by M502 + * + * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. + */ + +/** + * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the + * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the + * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. + */ +//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS + +/** + * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) + * Override with M92 + * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] + */ +#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80.3, 80.8, 400, 340 } + +/** + * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) + * Override with M203 + * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] + */ +#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 40, 45 } + +/** + * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s + * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) + * Override with M201 + * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] + */ +#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 5000, 5000, 40, 5000 } + +/** + * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s + * Override with M204 + * + * M204 P Acceleration + * M204 R Retract Acceleration + * M204 T Travel Acceleration + */ +#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves +#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 2000 // E acceleration for retracts +#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves + +// +// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting +// +#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION +#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) + #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge +#endif + +/** + * Default Jerk (mm/s) + * Override with M205 X Y Z E + * + * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. + * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the + * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. + */ +#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) + #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 + #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 + #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 +#endif + +#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance + +/** + * S-Curve Acceleration + * + * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier + * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. + * + * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained + */ +//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= +//=========================================================================== +// @section probes + +// +// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html +// + +/** + * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN + * + * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. + */ +#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN + +/** + * Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP + * + * Enable this option for a probe connected to any pin except Z-Min. + * (By default Marlin assumes the Z-Max endstop pin.) + * To use a custom Z Probe pin, set Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN below. + * + * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. + * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. + * + * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: + * - For simple switches connect... + * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. + * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. + * + * WARNING: Setting the wrong pin may have unexpected and potentially + * disastrous consequences. Use with caution and do your homework. + * + */ +//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP + +/** + * Probe Type + * + * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. + * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. + */ + +/** + * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. + * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands + * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. + */ +#define PROBE_MANUALLY +#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 + +/** + * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. + * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) + */ +//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE + +/** + * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. + */ +//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. +//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0} // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles + +/** + * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. + */ +//#define BLTOUCH +#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) + //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 375 // (ms) Enable and increase if needed +#endif + +// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) +//#define SOLENOID_PROBE + +// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. +//#define Z_PROBE_SLED +//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. + +// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. +//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE +#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) + #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS + #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS +#endif + +// +// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. +// + +/** + * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). + * X and Y offsets must be integers. + * + * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: + * #define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 + * #define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 + * + * +-- BACK ---+ + * | | + * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) + * E | | I + * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) + * T | | H + * | (-) | T + * | | + * O-- FRONT --+ + * (0,0) + */ +#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER -37 // X offset: -left +right [of the nozzle] +#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 0 // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle] +#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER -0.5 // Z offset: -below +above [the nozzle] + +// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges +#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 + +// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes +#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 + +// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) +#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z + +// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point +#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) + +// The number of probes to perform at each point. +// Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result. +// Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results. +#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 + +/** + * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between + * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. + * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. + * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. + * + * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or + * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) + * probe Z Offset set with Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, M851, or the LCD. + * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. + * + * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. + * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. + */ +#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow +#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points +#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes +//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done + +#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping + +// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset +#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 +#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 + +// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy +//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST + +// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation +//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW + +/** + * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. + * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical + * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. + * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve + * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. + */ +#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing +#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) + //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) +#endif +#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing +//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing +#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors + +// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 +// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } +#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 +#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 +#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 +#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders + +// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. +// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! +#define DISABLE_X false +#define DISABLE_Y false +#define DISABLE_Z false + +// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy +//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING + +// @section extruder + +#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled + +// @section machine + +// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. +#define INVERT_X_DIR true +#define INVERT_Y_DIR true +#define INVERT_Z_DIR false + +// @section extruder + +// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. +#define INVERT_E0_DIR false +#define INVERT_E1_DIR false +#define INVERT_E2_DIR false +#define INVERT_E3_DIR false +#define INVERT_E4_DIR false +#define INVERT_E5_DIR false + +// @section homing + +//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed + +//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. + +#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... + // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. + +// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN +// :[-1,1] +#define X_HOME_DIR -1 +#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 +#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 + +// @section machine + +// The size of the print bed +#define X_BED_SIZE 250 +#define Y_BED_SIZE 250 + +// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. +#define X_MIN_POS -10 +#define Y_MIN_POS -5 +#define Z_MIN_POS 0 +#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE +#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE +#define Z_MAX_POS 250 + +/** + * Software Endstops + * + * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. + * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. + * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. + * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state + */ + +// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds +#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS +#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) + #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X + #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y + #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z +#endif + +// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds +#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS +#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) + #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X + #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y + #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z +#endif + +#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) || ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) + //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD +#endif + +/** + * Filament Runout Sensors + * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. + * + * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. + * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. + * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. + */ +#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR +#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) + #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 2 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 66 + #define FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN 67 + #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the sensors. + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. + //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. + + // Set one or more commands to run on filament runout. + // - Always applies to SD-card printing. + // - Applies to host-based printing if ACTION_ON_FILAMENT_RUNOUT is not set. + #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" + + // With this option, if filament runs out during host-based printing, Marlin + // will send "//action:" to the host and let the + // host handle filament change. If left undefined the FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT + // will be used on filament runout for both host-based and SD-card printing. + // + // The host must be able to respond to the //action: command set here. + // + //#define ACTION_ON_FILAMENT_RUNOUT "pause: filament_runout" + + // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament + // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of + // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. + //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 + + #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM + // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin + // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM + // large enough to avoid false positives.) + //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR + #endif +#endif + +//=========================================================================== +//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== +//=========================================================================== +// @section calibrate + +/** + * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters + * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. + * + * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! + * + * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT + * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) + * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. + * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. + * + * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR + * Probe several points in a grid. + * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. + * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. + * + * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR + * Probe several points in a grid. + * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. + * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. + * + * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) + * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits + * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh + * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. + * + * - MESH_BED_LEVELING + * Probe a grid manually + * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) + * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform + * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. + * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. + */ +//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT +//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR +#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR +//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL +//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING + +/** + * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable + * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. + */ +//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 + +/** + * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. + * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. + * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! + */ +//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE + +#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, + // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. + // The height can be set with M420 Z + #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT + + // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, + // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the + // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. + #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES + #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) + + /** + * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. + */ + //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION + #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) + #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. + #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. + #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205.0 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. + #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60.0 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. + #endif + +#endif + +#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) + + // Set the number of grid points per dimension. + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X + + // Set the boundaries for probing (where the probe can reach). + //#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE + //#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION (X_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE)) + //#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE + //#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION (Y_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE)) + + // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column + //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST + + #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) + + // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? + // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. + //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID + + // + // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. + // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. + // + //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION + #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) + // Number of subdivisions between probe points + #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 + #endif + + #endif + +#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + + //=========================================================================== + //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ + //=========================================================================== + + //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh + + #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X + + #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle + #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 + + //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used + // as the Z-Height correction value. + +#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) + + //=========================================================================== + //=================================== Mesh ================================== + //=========================================================================== + + #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X + + //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS + +#endif // BED_LEVELING + +/** + * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. + * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. + */ +#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 + //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 + //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 + //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 + //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 + //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 +#endif + +/** + * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. + * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. + */ +//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING + +#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) + #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. + #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment + //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points +#endif + +// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment +#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS + +#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) + #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling + #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners + //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner +#endif + +/** + * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. + * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. + */ +//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" + + +// @section homing + +// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) +//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 + +// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. +// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. +//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 +//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 +//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 + +// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. +// +// With this feature enabled: +// +// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. +// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. +// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). +// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. +// +//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING + +#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) + #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). + #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). +#endif + +// Homing speeds (mm/m) +#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (100*60) +#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (20*60) + +// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves +#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS + +// @section calibrate + +/** + * Bed Skew Compensation + * + * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. + * + * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: + * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) + * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C + * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D + * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D + * + * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. + * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: + * + * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 + * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) + * + * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. + * Use these diagrams for reference: + * + * Y Z Z + * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C + * | / / | / / | / / + * | / / | / / | / / + * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D + * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y + * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR + */ +//#define SKEW_CORRECTION + +#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) + // Input all length measurements here: + #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 + #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 + #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 + + // Or, set the default skew factors directly here + // to override the above measurements: + #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 + + //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z + #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) + #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 + #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 + #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 + #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 + #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 + #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 + #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 + #endif + + // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime + //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE +#endif + +//============================================================================= +//============================= Additional Features =========================== +//============================================================================= + +// @section extras + +// +// EEPROM +// +// The microcontroller can store settings in the EEPROM, e.g. max velocity... +// M500 - stores parameters in EEPROM +// M501 - reads parameters from EEPROM (if you need reset them after you changed them temporarily). +// M502 - reverts to the default "factory settings". You still need to store them in EEPROM afterwards if you want to. +// +#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Enable for M500 and M501 commands +//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! +#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. + +// +// Host Keepalive +// +// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host +// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. +// +#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages +#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. +#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating + +// +// M100 Free Memory Watcher +// +//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage + +// +// G20/G21 Inch mode support +// +//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT + +// +// M149 Set temperature units support +// +//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT + +// @section temperature + +// Preheat Constants +#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" +#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 190 +#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 +#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 + +#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" +#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 +#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 90 +#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 + +/** + * Nozzle Park + * + * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. + * + * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: + * + * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. + * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. + * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. + */ +#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE + +#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) + // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z } + #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { 3, 3, 10 } + #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // X and Y axes feedrate in mm/s (also used for delta printers Z axis) + #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // Z axis feedrate in mm/s (not used for delta printers) +#endif + +/** + * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL + * + * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. + * + * Parameters: + * P Pattern + * S Strokes / Repetitions + * T Triangles (P1 only) + * + * Patterns: + * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material + * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) + * between the start / end points. + * + * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the + * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. + * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. + * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: + * + * -- + * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) + * | | / \ / \ / \ | + * A | | / \ / \ / \ | + * | | / \ / \ / \ | + * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) + * -- +--------------------------------+ + * |________|_________|_________| + * T1 T2 T3 + * + * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. + * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. + * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. + * + * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. + * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. + * + */ +//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE + +#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) + // Default number of pattern repetitions + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 + + // Default number of triangles + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 + + // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)} + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)} + + // Circular pattern radius + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 + // Circular pattern circle fragments number + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 + // Middle point of circle + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT + + // Moves the nozzle to the initial position + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK +#endif + +/** + * Print Job Timer + * + * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. + * + * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer + * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer + * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none + * + * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: + * + * M75 - Start the print job timer + * M76 - Pause the print job timer + * M77 - Stop the print job timer + */ +#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART + +/** + * Print Counter + * + * Track statistical data such as: + * + * - Total print jobs + * - Total successful print jobs + * - Total failed print jobs + * - Total time printing + * + * View the current statistics with M78. + */ +//#define PRINTCOUNTER + +//============================================================================= +//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ +//============================================================================= + +// @section lcd + +/** + * LCD LANGUAGE + * + * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: + * + * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, + * jp-kana, ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, zh_CN, zh_TW, test + * + * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } + */ +#define LCD_LANGUAGE en + +/** + * LCD Character Set + * + * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. + * + * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these + * language extensions: + * + * - JAPANESE ... the most common + * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters + * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language + * + * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: + * + * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' + * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu + * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text + * + * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html + * + * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] + */ +#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE + +/** + * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) + * + * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] + */ +#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 + +/** + * SD CARD + * + * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, + * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. + * + */ +#define SDSUPPORT + +/** + * SD CARD: SPI SPEED + * + * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. + * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. + */ +//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED +//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED +//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED + +/** + * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC + * + * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. + */ +//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY + +/** + * LCD Menu Items + * + * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or + * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. + */ +//#define NO_LCD_MENUS +//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS + +// +// ENCODER SETTINGS +// +// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to +// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. +// +#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 2 + +// +// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to +// move between next/prev menu items. +// +//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 + +/** + * Encoder Direction Options + * + * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. + * + * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. + * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. + * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. + */ + +// +// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. +// +// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE +// +//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION + +// +// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. +// +// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. +// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. +// +//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION + +// +// Individual Axis Homing +// +// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. +// +//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU + +// +// SPEAKER/BUZZER +// +// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. +// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. +// +#define SPEAKER + +// +// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. +// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. +// +// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: +// M300 S P +// +//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 +//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 + +//============================================================================= +//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= +//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= +//============================================================================= + +// +// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. +// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller +// +// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. +// +//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER + +// +// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader +// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ +// +//#define RADDS_DISPLAY + +// +// ULTIMAKER Controller. +// +//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER + +// +// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. +// +#define ULTIPANEL +#define NEWPANEL + +// +// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) +// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne +// +//#define PANEL_ONE + +// +// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller +// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel +// +// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. +// +//#define G3D_PANEL + +// +// RigidBot Panel V1.0 +// http://www.inventapart.com/ +// +//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL + +// +// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller +// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html +// +//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 + +// +// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller +// +//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. + // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference + // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. + // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. + +// +// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. +// +//#define ULTRA_LCD + +//============================================================================= +//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= +//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== +//============================================================================= + +// +// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C +// +// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C +// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C +// + +// +// Elefu RA Board Control Panel +// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 +// +//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL + +// +// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays +// +// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library +// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home +// +//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 +//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 + +// +// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter +// +//#define LCM1602 + +// +// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, +// separate encoder and click inputs. +// +// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. +// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 +// +// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to +// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). +// +//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 + +// +// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, +// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. +// +//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI + +// +// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels +// + +// +// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH +// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD +// +//#define SAV_3DLCD + +// +// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 +// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD +// Uses the code directly from Sailfish +// +//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD + +//============================================================================= +//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= +//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== +//============================================================================= + +// +// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) +// +// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! +// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino +// + +// +// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller +// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller +// +#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER +#define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(125) +#define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(125) +#define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(125) + +// +// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD +// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 +// +//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD + +// +// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices +// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD +// http://panucatt.com +// +//#define VIKI2 +//#define miniVIKI + +// +// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic +// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel +// +//#define MINIPANEL + +// +// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. +// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel +// +//#define MAKRPANEL + +// +// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. +// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ +// +//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER + +// +// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by +// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. +// +//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER + +// +// Cartesio UI +// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface +// +//#define CARTESIO_UI + +// +// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD +// +//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI + +// +// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display +// +//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 + +// +// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules +// +//#define SAV_3DGLCD +#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) + //#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 + #define U8GLIB_SH1106 +#endif + +// +// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder +// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) +// +//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER + +// +// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel +// +//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 + +// +// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support +// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 +// +//#define MKS_MINI_12864 + +// +// Factory display for Creality CR-10 +// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html +// +// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. +// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) +// +//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY + +// +// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller +// +// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 +// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with +// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). +// +//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD + +// +// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER +// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED +// +// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display +// +//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) +//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller + +// +// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD +// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html +// +//#define AZSMZ_12864 + +// +// Silvergate GLCD controller +// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate +// +//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER + +// +// Extensible UI +// +// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't +// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to +// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib" +// +//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI + +//============================================================================= +//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== +//============================================================================= + +// +// MKS Robin 320x240 color display +// +//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT + +//============================================================================= +//============================ Other Controllers ============================ +//============================================================================= + +// +// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial +// + +// +// LCD for Malyan M200 printers. +// +//#define MALYAN_LCD + +// +// CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on +// + +// +// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 +// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 +// +// REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP sets how much should the robot move when a key +// is pressed, a value of 10.0 means 10mm per click. +// +//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD +//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 + +//============================================================================= +//=============================== Extra Features ============================== +//============================================================================= + +// @section extras + +// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino +//#define FAST_PWM_FAN + +// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency +// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency +// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. +//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM + +// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, +// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. +// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; +// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. +#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 + +// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can +// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, +// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired +// duty cycle is attained. +//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER + +// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. +// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C +// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) +//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS + +// M240 Triggers a camera by emulating a Canon RC-1 Remote +// Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ +//#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 + +// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure +//#define SF_ARC_FIX + +// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder +//#define BARICUDA + +// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb +//#define BLINKM + +// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver +//#define PCA9632 + +// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver +// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED +//#define PCA9533 + +/** + * RGB LED / LED Strip Control + * + * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or + * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. + * + * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. + * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of + * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. + * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. + * + * *** CAUTION *** + * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, + * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. + * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! + * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs + * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. + * *** CAUTION *** + * + * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. + * + */ +//#define RGB_LED +//#define RGBW_LED + +#if ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED) + #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 + #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 + #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 + #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 +#endif + +// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver +//#define NEOPIXEL_LED +#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) + #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) + #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin on motherboard 4 => D4 (EXP2-5 on Printrboard) / 30 => PC7 (EXP3-13 on Rumba) + #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip + #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. + #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) + //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup +#endif + +/** + * Printer Event LEDs + * + * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: + * + * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp + * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature + * - Change to white to illuminate work surface + * - Change to green once print has finished + * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button + */ +#if ENABLED(BLINKM) || ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED) || ENABLED(PCA9632) || ENABLED(PCA9533)|| ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) + #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS +#endif + +/** + * R/C SERVO support + * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas + */ + +/** + * Number of servos + * + * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. + * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. + * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. + */ +//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command + +// Delay (in milliseconds) before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. +// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. +// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. +#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } + +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter +//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE + +// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM +//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration_adv.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ecf913023 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration_adv.h @@ -0,0 +1,2243 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * Configuration_adv.h + * + * Advanced settings. + * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. + * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! + * + * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h + * + */ +#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 + +// @section temperature + +//=========================================================================== +//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ +//=========================================================================== + +// +// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. +// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 +// +//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT +#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) + #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED + #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 + #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true +#endif + +#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) + #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control + #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) + #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage + * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which + * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. + * + * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower + * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep + * the heater on. + * + * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. + * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too + * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. + * + * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase + * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD + */ +#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius + + //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops + #if ENABLED(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING) && ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 + #endif + + /** + * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the + * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature + * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and + * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only + * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable + * test. + * + * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD + * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set + * below 2. + */ + #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds + #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius +#endif + +/** + * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. + */ +#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius + + /** + * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). + */ + #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds + #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius +#endif + +#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + // this adds an experimental additional term to the heating power, proportional to the extrusion speed. + // if Kc is chosen well, the additional required power due to increased melting should be compensated. + //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING + #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) + #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) + #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Automatic Temperature: + * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. + * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". + * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F + * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by + * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* + * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. + * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode + */ +#define AUTOTEMP +#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) + #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 +#endif + +// Show extra position information in M114 +//#define M114_DETAIL + +// Show Temperature ADC value +// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. +//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES + +/** + * High Temperature Thermistor Support + * + * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting + * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP + * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the + * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure + * and force stop everything. + * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, + * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle + * aberrant readings. + * + * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) + * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below + */ + +// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur +// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) +//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 + +// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check +// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the +// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach +// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. +// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) +//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 + +// @section extruder + +// Extruder runout prevention. +// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP +// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. +//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT +#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) + #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 + #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 + #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) + #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) +#endif + +// @section temperature + +// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. +// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. +#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 + +/** + * Controller Fan + * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. + * + * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled + * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. + */ +//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN +#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) + //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan + #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled + #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed +#endif + +// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the +// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably +// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) +//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 + +/** + * PWM Fan Scaling + * + * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). + * + * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset + * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower + * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) + * Value 0 always turns off the fan. + * + * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. + */ +//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 +//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 + +// @section extruder + +/** + * Extruder cooling fans + * + * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' + * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. + * + * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here + * or set to -1 to disable completely. + * + * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case + * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. + */ +#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 +#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed + +/** + * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer + * + * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. + * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. + * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. + */ +#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 +#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 +#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 + +/** + * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness + */ +//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE +#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) + //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed + #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW + #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on + #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) + //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu + //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. + #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) + #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } + #endif +#endif + +//=========================================================================== +//============================ Mechanical Settings ========================== +//=========================================================================== + +// @section homing + +// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing +// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. +//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT + +// @section extras + +//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. + +// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. +//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER +#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) + //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 + //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 +#endif + +/** + * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops + * + * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. + * + * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to + * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop + * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug + * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. + * + * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors + * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error + * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. + */ + +//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS +#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions + //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ + #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif +#endif + +//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS +#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions + //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ + #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif +#endif + +//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS +#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ + #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif +#endif + +//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS +#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) + #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ + #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ + #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 + #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + */ +//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE +#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage + #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed + #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position + #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position + // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software + // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops + // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). + // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. + + // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S + // Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results + // as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0) + // Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so + // that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) + // Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all + // actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at + // once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm]) + + // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. + #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE + + // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) + #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 + +#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE + +// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. +// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. +//#define EXT_SOLENOID + +// @section homing + +// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. +#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 +#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 +#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 +#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) +#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially + +// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X +//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X + +// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. +//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING + +/** + * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment + * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. + */ +//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN +#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) + // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } + // Set number of iterations to align + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 + // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation + #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 + // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. + // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point + // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 + // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 +#endif + +// @section machine + +#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false} + +// Allow duplication mode with a basic dual-nozzle extruder +//#define DUAL_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION_MODE + +// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. +#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false +#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false +#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false +#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false + +// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. +// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. +// Time can be set by M18 and M84. +#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true + +#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate +#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 + +//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated + +// @section lcd + +#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) + #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel + #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions + #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder +#endif + +// @section extras + +// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied. +#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 + +// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full +#define SLOWDOWN + +// Frequency limit +// See nophead's blog for more info +// Not working O +//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 + +// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end +// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed +// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. +#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) + +// +// Backlash Compensation +// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. +// +//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION +#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) + // Define values for backlash distance and correction. + // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. + #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) + #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction + + // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments + // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) + //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) + + // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) + //#define BACKLASH_GCODE + + #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) + // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" + #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING + + #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) + // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT + // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION + // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. + #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) + #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) + #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) + #endif + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration + * + * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- + * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. + * + * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object + * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash + * and hotend offsets. + * + * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within + * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. + */ +//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE +#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) + + #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm + + #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m + #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m + #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m + + // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. + #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm + #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm + + // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). + //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING + + // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. + #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0} // mm + #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0} // mm + + // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best + // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. + #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT + #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT + #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT + #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK + + // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If + // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. + //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES + + // Define pin which is read during calibration + #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN + #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop + #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin + //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN + #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies + * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible + * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the + * lowest stepping frequencies. + */ +//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING + +/** + * Custom Microstepping + * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. + */ +//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW +//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW +//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW +//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW +//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH +//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH + +// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. +#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] + +/** + * @section stepper motor current + * + * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. + * + * The power on motor currents are set by: + * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 + * known compatible chips: A4982 + * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H + * known compatible chips: AD5206 + * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 + * known compatible chips: MCP4728 + * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE + * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 + * + * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. + * M907 - applies to all. + * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H + * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 + */ +//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps +//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) +//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis + +// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) +//#define DIGIPOT_I2C +#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) + /** + * Common slave addresses: + * + * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC + * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 + * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 + * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 + * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 + */ + #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT + #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT +#endif + +//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster +#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 +// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. +// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. +#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO + +//=========================================================================== +//=============================Additional Features=========================== +//=========================================================================== + +// @section lcd + +// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster +#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER +#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) + #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 10 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed + #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 50 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed +#endif + +// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen +//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE +#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) + #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 + #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 +#endif + +// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu +#define LCD_INFO_MENU + +// Scroll a longer status message into view +#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING + +// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible +//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY + +// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus +//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 + +// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage +//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY + +#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS + //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing + #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) + #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar + #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message + #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) + //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it + //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar + #endif +#endif + +/** + * LED Control Menu + * Enable this feature to add LED Control to the LCD menu + */ +//#define LED_CONTROL_MENU +#if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) + #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option + #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) + #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity + //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup + #endif +#endif // LED_CONTROL_MENU + +#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + + // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work + // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined + // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. + // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. + // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). + #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED + + #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished + #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. + + // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. + // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. + #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST + + // Add an option in the menu to run all auto#.g files + //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART + + /** + * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) + * + * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer + * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present + * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known + * point in the file. + */ + #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY + #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + #define POWER_LOSS_PIN 69 // Pin to detect power loss + #define POWER_LOSS_STATE LOW // State of pin indicating power loss + #endif + + /** + * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. + * + * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted + * by name for easier navigation. + * + * By default... + * + * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. + * - Folders are sorted to the top. + * - The sort key is statically allocated. + * - No added G-code (M34) support. + * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) + * + * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the + * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM + * limit is exceeded. + * + * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. + * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. + * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) + * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) + */ + #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA + + // SD Card Sorting options + #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) + #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. + #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below + #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. + #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. + #define SDSORT_USES_STACK true // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) + #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. + #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! + #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. + // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. + #endif + + // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 + //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT + + // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu + //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES + + /** + * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. + * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. + * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. + */ + //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED + + /** + * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. + * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. + * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. + */ + //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE + + /** + * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S + */ + //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS + + /** + * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or + * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear + * to Marlin as an SD card. + * + * The MAX3421E must be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with + * the following pin mapping: + * + * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO + * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN + * SS --> SDSS + */ + //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT + #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) + #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS + #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN + #endif + + /** + * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, + * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. + * + * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) + * + * Tested with this bootloader: + * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 + */ + //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE + #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) + #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF + #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 + #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF + #endif + + // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' + //#define FAST_FILE_TRANSFER + +#endif // SDSUPPORT + +/** + * Additional options for Graphical Displays + * + * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, + * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, + * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing + * on DELTA and SCARA machines. + * + * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind + * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable + * printing performance versus fast display updates. + */ +#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar + //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT + + // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen + #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME + + // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens + #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME + + // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. + // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. + //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT + + // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. + // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. + //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT + + // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. + // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. + //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 + + // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay + //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE + + /** + * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using + * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. + * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. + * + * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status + * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the + * length of time to display the status message before clearing. + * + * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. + * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. + */ + #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) + //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI + #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) + #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 + #endif + #endif + + /** + * Status (Info) Screen customizations + * These options may affect code size and screen render time. + * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. + */ + //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones + //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) + #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) + #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating + #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating + //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap + //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap + //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames + //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar + +#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + +// @section safety + +// The hardware watchdog should reset the microcontroller disabling all outputs, +// in case the firmware gets stuck and doesn't do temperature regulation. +#define USE_WATCHDOG + +#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) + // If you have a watchdog reboot in an ArduinoMega2560 then the device will hang forever, as a watchdog reset will leave the watchdog on. + // The "WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL" goes around this by not using the hardware reset. + // However, THIS FEATURE IS UNSAFE!, as it will only work if interrupts are disabled. And the code could hang in an interrupt routine with interrupts disabled. + //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL +#endif + +// @section lcd + +/** + * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing + * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z + * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. + * + * Warning: Does not respect endstops! + */ +#define BABYSTEPPING +#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) + //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! + #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way + #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. + + #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. + #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) + #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. + // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. + #endif + + #define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. + #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) + #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 5 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. + #endif + + //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping + #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) + //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets + //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor + #endif +#endif + +// @section extruder + +/** + * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 + * + * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) + * K=0 means advance disabled. + * + * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! + * + * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. + * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. + * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) + * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. + * + * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. + * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. + */ +//#define LIN_ADVANCE +#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) + #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed + //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. +#endif + +// @section leveling + +#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large + //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET + //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET + //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) + //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) +#endif + +/** + * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. + * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. + */ +//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER +#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) + #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 + #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE + /** + * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, + * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. + */ + #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." + #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" + #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" + /** + * Specify an action command to send to the host on a recovery attempt or failure. + * Will be sent in the form '//action:ACTION_ON_G29_FAILURE', e.g. '//action:probe_failed'. + * The host must be configured to handle the action command. + */ + #define G29_ACTION_ON_RECOVER "probe_rewipe" + #define G29_ACTION_ON_FAILURE "probe_failed" +#endif + +// @section extras + +// +// G2/G3 Arc Support +// +#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes +#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) + #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment + #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of intertpolated segments between corrections + //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles + //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes +#endif + +// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. +//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT + +// G38.2 and G38.3 Probe Target +// Set MULTIPLE_PROBING if you want G38 to double touch +//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET +#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) + #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // minimum distance in mm that will produce a move (determined using the print statement in check_move) +#endif + +// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move +#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 + +/** + * Minimum delay after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) + * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) + * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers + * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers + * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers + * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers + * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. + */ +//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650 + +/** + * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) + * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers + * 1 : Minimum for A4988, A5984, and LV8729 stepper drivers + * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers + * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers + * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. + */ +//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 + +/** + * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows + * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) + * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver + * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers + * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver + * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver + * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver + * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. + */ +//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 + +// @section temperature + +// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. +//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL + +//=========================================================================== +//================================= Buffers ================================= +//=========================================================================== + +// @section hidden + +// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. +// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. +#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller +#else + #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer +#endif + +// @section serial + +// The ASCII buffer for serial input +#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 +#define BUFSIZE 4 + +// Transmission to Host Buffer Size +// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. +// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. +// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. +// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. +// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. +// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] +#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 + +// Host Receive Buffer Size +// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. +// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. +// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] +//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 + +#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 + // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to + // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. + //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF +#endif + +#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum + // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. + //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED + + // Enable this option to collect and display the number + // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. + //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX +#endif + +// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they +// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. +// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 +// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! +//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER + +// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' +// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. +// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. +// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. +//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds + +// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. +//#define ADVANCED_OK + +// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. +// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. +#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION + +// @section extras + +/** + * Extra Fan Speed + * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. + * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for + * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed + * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed + */ +//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED + +/** + * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract + * + * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. + * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. + * + * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. + * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range + * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. + * + * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. + * + * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. + * + */ +//#define FWRETRACT +#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) + #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // costs ~500 bytes of PROGMEM + #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) + #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // When auto-retract is on, convert E moves of this length and over + #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // Upper limit for auto-retract conversion + #endif + #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // Default retract length (positive mm) + #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // Default swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change + #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // Default feedrate for retracting (mm/s) + #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // Default retract Z-raise (mm) + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // Default additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering) + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // Default additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change) + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s) + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction (mm/s) + #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) + //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Universal tool change settings. + * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. + */ +#if EXTRUDERS > 1 + // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders + #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) + + // Retract and prime filament on tool-change + //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP + #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) + #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) + #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) + #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) + #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) + #endif + + /** + * Position to park head during tool change. + * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER + */ + //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK + #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) + #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } + #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Advanced Pause + * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. + * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. + * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. + * + * Requires an LCD display. + * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. + * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. + */ +#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE +#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) + #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. + #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. + // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 400 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. + // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. + // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. + // Set to 0 for manual unloading. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 400 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. + // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. + // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. + // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. + //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. + #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. + #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. + // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. + // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu + // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. + #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. + + // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. + + #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. + #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. + + //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. + //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change + + //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. + //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) +#endif + +// @section tmc + +/** + * TMC26X Stepper Driver options + * + * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. + * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper + */ +#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) + #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) + #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) + #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) + #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) + #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) + #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) + #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) + #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) + #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) + #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) + #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) + #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) + #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) + #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) + #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + +#endif // TMC26X + +// @section tmc_smart + +/** + * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode + * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define + * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 + * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). + * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. + * + * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN + * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. + * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without + * a resistor. + * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. + * + * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. + * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper + */ +#if HAS_TRINAMIC + + #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current + #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) + #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. + #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 + #define X_RSENSE 0.11 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) + #define X2_CURRENT 800 + #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) + #define Y_CURRENT 800 + #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) + #define Y2_CURRENT 800 + #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) + #define Z_CURRENT 800 + #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) + #define Z2_CURRENT 800 + #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) + #define Z3_CURRENT 800 + #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) + #define E0_CURRENT 800 + #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) + #define E1_CURRENT 800 + #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) + #define E2_CURRENT 800 + #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) + #define E3_CURRENT 800 + #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) + #define E4_CURRENT 800 + #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) + #define E5_CURRENT 800 + #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 + #endif + + /** + * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. + * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. + */ + //#define X_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 + //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 + + /** + * Use software SPI for TMC2130. + * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). + * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, + * but you can override or define them here. + */ + //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI + //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 + //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 + //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 + + /** + * Software enable + * + * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same + * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. + */ + //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE + + /** + * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only + * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. + * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. + */ + #define STEALTHCHOP_XY + #define STEALTHCHOP_Z + #define STEALTHCHOP_E + + /** + * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets + * or with the help of an example included in the library. + * Provided parameter sets are + * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V + * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V + * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V + * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) + * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 + * + * Define you own with + * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } + */ + #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + + /** + * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, + * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial. + * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. + * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. + * Relevant g-codes: + * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. + * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. + * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. + * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) + */ + //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS + + #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) + #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] + #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE + #define STOP_ON_ERROR + #endif + + /** + * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only + * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. + * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. + * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. + * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting + */ + //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD + + #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] + #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 + #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 + #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 + #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 + #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 + #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 + #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + + /** + * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only + * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop. + * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. + * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. + * + * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is used for tuning the trigger sensitivity. + * Higher values make the system LESS sensitive. + * Lower value make the system MORE sensitive. + * Too low values can lead to false positives, while too high values will collide the axis without triggering. + * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. + * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting + */ + //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only + + /** + * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. + * + * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod + * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. + */ + //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only + + #if ENABLED(SENSORLESS_HOMING) || ENABLED(SENSORLESS_PROBING) + #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 + #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 + //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 + #endif + + /** + * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. + * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. + */ + //#define TMC_DEBUG + + /** + * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. + * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page + * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2130Stepper + * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2208Stepper + * + * Example: + * #define TMC_ADV() { \ + * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ + * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ + * } + */ + #define TMC_ADV() { } + +#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC + +// @section L6470 + +/** + * L6470 Stepper Driver options + * + * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. + * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 + * + * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file + * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN + * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN + * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN + * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN + * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) + */ +#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) + + //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) + #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) + #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) + #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) + #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper + #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) + #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) + #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) + #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) + #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) + #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) + #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) + #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) + #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) + #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) + #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) + #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) + #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 + #endif + + /** + * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. + * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. + * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. + * Relevant g-codes: + * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. + * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 + * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 + * I3 - Z3 or E3 + * I4 - E4 + * I5 - E5 + * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning + * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds + * M918 - Increase speed until max or error + * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters + */ + //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS + + #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) + #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 + //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR + #endif + +#endif // L6470 + +/** + * TWI/I2C BUS + * + * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production + * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave + * devices on the bus. + * + * ; Example #1 + * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) + * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg + * M260 A99 ; Target slave address + * M260 B77 ; M + * M260 B97 ; a + * M260 B114 ; r + * M260 B108 ; l + * M260 B105 ; i + * M260 B110 ; n + * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer + * + * ; Example #2 + * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) + * M261 A99 B5 + * + * ; Example #3 + * ; Example serial output of a M261 request + * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello + */ + +// @section i2cbus + +//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS +#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave + +// @section extras + +/** + * Canon Hack Development Kit + * http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ + */ +//#define CHDK_PIN 4 // Set and enable a pin for triggering CHDK to take a picture +#if PIN_EXISTS(CHDK) + #define CHDK_DELAY 50 // (ms) How long the pin should remain HIGH +#endif + +/** + * Spindle & Laser control + * + * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and + * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. + * + * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. + * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set + * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. + * + * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V + * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. + * + * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. + */ +//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE +#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE) + + #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT false // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower + #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power + #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop + #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE true // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction + #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false + #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE true // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction + + /** + * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power + * + * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT + * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 + * + * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) + */ + + #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 + #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 + #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 + #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM + + //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 + //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 + //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 + //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% +#endif + +/** + * Filament Width Sensor + * + * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts + * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. + * + * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the + * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the + * volume. + * + * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. + * + * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector + * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) + * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 + * + * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. + */ +//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR + +#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) + #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] + #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber + + #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it + #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. + + #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially + + // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. + //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY +#endif + +/** + * CNC Coordinate Systems + * + * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems + * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. + */ +//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS + +/** + * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S + */ +#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES + +/** + * Include capabilities in M115 output + */ +#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT + +/** + * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options + */ +//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS + +#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) + /** + * Volumetric extrusion default state + * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, + * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. + * + * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. + */ + //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON +#endif + +/** + * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all + * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. + * + * - M206 and M428 are disabled. + * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. + */ +#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS + +/** + * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. + * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. + * + * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. + * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. + */ +#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 + +/** + * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser + */ +#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER + +/** + * CNC G-code options + * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. + * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). + * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. + */ +//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments +//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. + +// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves +//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) +#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE + //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode +#endif + +/** + * G-code Macros + * + * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. + * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. + */ +//#define GCODE_MACROS +#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) + #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used + #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro +#endif + +/** + * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode + */ +//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS +#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) + //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" + #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" + #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK + //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script + + #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" + #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" + + #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL + #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) + + #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL + #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) + + #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" + #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" + + #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" + #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" +#endif + +/** + * Specify an action command to send to the host when the printer is killed. + * Will be sent in the form '//action:ACTION_ON_KILL', e.g. '//action:poweroff'. + * The host must be configured to handle the action command. + */ +//#define ACTION_ON_KILL "poweroff" + +/** + * Specify an action command to send to the host on pause and resume. + * Will be sent in the form '//action:ACTION_ON_PAUSE', e.g. '//action:pause'. + * The host must be configured to handle the action command. + * + * PAUSE / RESUME : Used in non-parking scenarios where the host handles the + * action while Marlin continues to process G-Code. (M24/M25) + * + * PAUSED / RESUMED : Used in scenarios where Marlin handles pause and filament- + * change actions and the host needs to stop sending commands + * until the machine is ready to resume. (M125/M600) + * + * CANCEL : Instructs the host to abort the print job. Used when the + * print is canceled from the LCD menu. + */ +//#define ACTION_ON_PAUSE "pause" +//#define ACTION_ON_RESUME "resume" +//#define ACTION_ON_PAUSED "paused" +//#define ACTION_ON_RESUMED "resumed" +//#define ACTION_ON_CANCEL "cancel" + +//=========================================================================== +//====================== I2C Position Encoder Settings ====================== +//=========================================================================== + +/** + * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. + * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. + * + * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder + * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder + * + * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module + * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ + * + * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. + */ + +//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS +#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) + + #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 + // encoders supported currently. + + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- + // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for + // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, + // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. + //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper + // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) + //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the + // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors + // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of + // measurement noise / latency (filter). + + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 + //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) + //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 + + #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options + #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. + + #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. + #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS + + #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. + #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS + + // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. + #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR + #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 + #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) + #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE + #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 + + //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given + // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to + // disable abort behaviour. + + #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault + // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder + // is trusted again. + + /** + * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, + * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with + * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. + */ + #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. + + // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. + #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE + +#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS + +/** + * MAX7219 Debug Matrix + * + * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. + * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. + */ +//#define MAX7219_DEBUG +#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) + #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 + #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 + #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 + + //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix + #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) + #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. + #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) + // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 + //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order + + /** + * Sample debug features + * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! + */ + #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning + #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row + #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row + + #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row + // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how + // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. +#endif + +/** + * NanoDLP Sync support + * + * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" + * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use + * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands + */ +//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC +#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) + //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. + // Default behaviour is limited to Z axis only. +#endif + +/** + * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) + */ +//#define WIFISUPPORT +#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) + #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" + #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" +#endif + +/** + * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 + * Enable in Configuration.h + */ +#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) + + // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. + // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) + // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) + #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 + #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial + + // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it + //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 + + // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) + //#define MMU2_MODE_12V + + // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout + #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" + + // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 + //#define MMU2_MENUS + #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) + // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. + // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. + #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 + #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ + { 7.2, 562 }, \ + { 14.4, 871 }, \ + { 36.0, 1393 }, \ + { 14.4, 871 }, \ + { 50.0, 198 } + + #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ + { 1.0, 1000 }, \ + { 1.0, 1500 }, \ + { 2.0, 2000 }, \ + { 1.5, 3000 }, \ + { 2.5, 4000 }, \ + { -15.0, 5000 }, \ + { -14.0, 1200 }, \ + { -6.0, 600 }, \ + { 10.0, 700 }, \ + { -10.0, 400 }, \ + { -50.0, 2000 } + + #endif + + //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output + +#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 + +// @section develop + +/** + * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins + */ +//#define PINS_DEBUGGING + +// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands +//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/GT2560/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/GT2560/Configuration.h index 57b2b7889..47e110ac7 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/GT2560/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/GT2560/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/I3_Pro_X-GT2560/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/I3_Pro_X-GT2560/Configuration.h index 72ebc8d5e..fb5b4a911 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/I3_Pro_X-GT2560/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/I3_Pro_X-GT2560/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration.h index 784e16d7e..2810d9858 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/bltouch/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/bltouch/Configuration.h index d7e3e64ba..cc86a7899 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/bltouch/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/bltouch/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/noprobe/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/noprobe/Configuration.h index 832b7a809..a1b5515c5 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/noprobe/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/noprobe/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration.h index 1bd0e3a44..79115ce8f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration.h index 3d5186d19..ec0e3bca2 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration.h index cdeed031d..319fa09c9 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration.h index acc2cb849..7bd035cac 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration.h @@ -276,6 +276,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration.h index 0187ac5ec..14c76bac5 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration.h @@ -291,6 +291,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration.h index b120b43e9..7ea7dd6fe 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration.h @@ -276,6 +276,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration.h index 96ab56568..73d668307 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Micromake/C1/basic/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Micromake/C1/basic/Configuration.h index d51c58794..2b13218a4 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Micromake/C1/basic/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Micromake/C1/basic/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration.h index be2342d09..a1f195382 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration.h index 899fde8b3..df72749a6 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration.h @@ -272,6 +272,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration.h index ec55d8852..3ef4e56af 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration.h index e247b44a8..56a3b3b8d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/RepRapPro/Huxley/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/RepRapPro/Huxley/Configuration.h index 5bdf5c415..f7f027c2b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/RepRapPro/Huxley/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/RepRapPro/Huxley/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/RepRapWorld/Megatronics/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/RepRapWorld/Megatronics/Configuration.h index 05f83c6f9..a2adcad98 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/RepRapWorld/Megatronics/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/RepRapWorld/Megatronics/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration.h index 160bf8b4b..ecedfd3f8 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration.h @@ -274,6 +274,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/SCARA/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/SCARA/Configuration.h index fd9ac36a8..3bdb1c922 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/SCARA/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/SCARA/Configuration.h @@ -302,6 +302,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/STM32F10/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/STM32F10/Configuration.h index cb051eb59..f73fb853e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/STM32F10/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/STM32F10/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/STM32F4/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/STM32F4/Configuration.h index f4c9d8e68..38ff5b194 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/STM32F4/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/STM32F4/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration.h index eceb6f079..81012e306 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration.h index 49bb7aff0..52b319653 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration.h index ec373dd36..fe8d75bb1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration.h @@ -293,6 +293,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/X1/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/X1/Configuration.h index 29a38f585..547e87135 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/X1/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/X1/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration.h index 51fbfa80e..c1021e129 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S/Configuration.h index a9c66ebda..5b7249b63 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/XY100/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/XY100/Configuration.h index be5615c41..eb4aa2401 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/XY100/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/XY100/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration.h index 202136fbe..0d87710ca 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration.h index 7b7617fe4..ad9f201b3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration.h index 0f97c68d1..be7b4ce89 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration.h index e90580b86..f0eba8ff7 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration.h @@ -291,6 +291,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Configuration.h index 3f505d0fa..4cf1c4aa7 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/Configuration.h index 80c73e168..8bb763743 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration.h index 8c07a008c..c53467015 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration.h @@ -290,6 +290,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration.h index f6bc80f6c..4cf36b6cc 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/adafruit/ST7565/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/adafruit/ST7565/Configuration.h index 03bc7b5f0..5e4ae16f6 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/adafruit/ST7565/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/adafruit/ST7565/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration.h index 4b6243d46..5c90d1f83 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration.h @@ -286,6 +286,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration.h index a421e85e1..c3032e7e3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration.h index 2e76cd503..b73263c7f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration.h index b89aa7bf0..9dd5cb732 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration.h index 4a164be52..6af0907b3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 3 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Hatchbox_Alpha/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Hatchbox_Alpha/Configuration.h index 094f45ccb..174aa3ca8 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Hatchbox_Alpha/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Hatchbox_Alpha/Configuration.h @@ -276,6 +276,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration.h index 12c8262b3..80822049d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration.h index 4ac60dea6..fc0168fcd 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration.h index 71b66c87c..a863f4359 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration.h index 72d980c30..79d44629e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/kossel_pro/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/kossel_pro/Configuration.h index e872e901e..876165239 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/kossel_pro/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/kossel_pro/Configuration.h @@ -275,6 +275,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration.h index 182b105c3..fb03646d6 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration.h index 3d1f28261..72ab73bc0 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration.h @@ -276,6 +276,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/makibox/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/makibox/Configuration.h index ba88226dc..45b3a7aa6 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/makibox/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/makibox/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/stm32f103ret6/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/stm32f103ret6/Configuration.h index 120836b1a..5afc8f5db 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/stm32f103ret6/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/stm32f103ret6/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 3 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration.h index 8e024b332..5e74b8707 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/wt150/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/wt150/Configuration.h index 2f8e577de..fcb4a5723 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/wt150/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/src/config/examples/wt150/Configuration.h @@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/mixing.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/mixing.cpp index d32d5ca99..2a10bb6a1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/mixing.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/mixing.cpp @@ -35,14 +35,18 @@ Mixer mixer; #endif // Used up to Planner level -uint_fast8_t Mixer::selected_vtool = 0; -float Mixer::collector[MIXING_STEPPERS]; // mix proportion. 0.0 = off, otherwise <= COLOR_A_MASK. -mixer_comp_t Mixer::color[NR_MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS][MIXING_STEPPERS]; +uint_fast8_t Mixer::selected_vtool = 0; +float Mixer::collector[MIXING_STEPPERS]; // mix proportion. 0.0 = off, otherwise <= COLOR_A_MASK. +mixer_comp_t Mixer::color[NR_MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS][MIXING_STEPPERS]; // Used in Stepper -int_fast8_t Mixer::runner = 0; -mixer_comp_t Mixer::s_color[MIXING_STEPPERS]; -mixer_accu_t Mixer::accu[MIXING_STEPPERS] = { 0 }; +int_fast8_t Mixer::runner = 0; +mixer_comp_t Mixer::s_color[MIXING_STEPPERS]; +mixer_accu_t Mixer::accu[MIXING_STEPPERS] = { 0 }; + +#if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER || ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + mixer_perc_t Mixer::mix[MIXING_STEPPERS]; +#endif void Mixer::normalize(const uint8_t tool_index) { float cmax = 0; @@ -66,9 +70,8 @@ void Mixer::normalize(const uint8_t tool_index) { #endif // Scale all values so their maximum is COLOR_A_MASK - const float inverse_max = RECIPROCAL(cmax); - MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) - color[tool_index][i] = collector[i] * COLOR_A_MASK * inverse_max; + const float scale = float(COLOR_A_MASK) / cmax; + MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) color[tool_index][i] = collector[i] * scale; #ifdef MIXER_NORMALIZER_DEBUG csum = 0; @@ -86,6 +89,10 @@ void Mixer::normalize(const uint8_t tool_index) { } SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("]"); #endif + + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + refresh_gradient(); + #endif } void Mixer::reset_vtools() { @@ -115,6 +122,79 @@ void Mixer::init() { #endif ZERO(collector); + + #if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER || ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + update_mix_from_vtool(); + #endif + + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + update_gradient_for_planner_z(); + #endif } +void Mixer::refresh_collector(const float proportion/*=1.0*/, const uint8_t t/*=selected_vtool*/) { + float csum = 0, cmax = 0; + MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) { + const float v = color[t][i]; + cmax = MAX(cmax, v); + csum += v; + } + //SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("Mixer::refresh_collector(", proportion); + //SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(", ", int(t)); + //SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(") cmax=", cmax); + //SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" csum=", csum); + //SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" color"); + const float inv_prop = proportion / csum; + MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) { + collector[i] = color[t][i] * inv_prop; + //SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" [", int(t)); + //SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("][", int(i)); + //SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("] = ", int(color[t][i])); + //SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" (", collector[i]); + //SERIAL_ECHOPGM(") "); + } + //SERIAL_EOL(); +} + +#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + + #include "../module/motion.h" + #include "../module/planner.h" + + gradient_t Mixer::gradient = { + false, // enabled + {0}, // color (array) + 0, 0, // start_z, end_z + 0, 1, // start_vtool, end_vtool + {0}, {0} // start_mix[], end_mix[] + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_VTOOL) + , -1 // vtool_index + #endif + }; + + float Mixer::prev_z; // = 0 + + void Mixer::update_gradient_for_z(const float z) { + if (z == prev_z) return; + prev_z = z; + + const float slice = gradient.end_z - gradient.start_z; + + float pct = (z - gradient.start_z) / slice; + NOLESS(pct, 0.0f); NOMORE(pct, 1.0f); + + MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) { + const mixer_perc_t sm = gradient.start_mix[i]; + mix[i] = sm + (gradient.end_mix[i] - sm) * pct; + } + + copy_mix_to_color(gradient.color); + } + + void Mixer::update_gradient_for_planner_z() { + update_gradient_for_z(planner.get_axis_position_mm(Z_AXIS)); + } + +#endif // GRADIENT_MIX + #endif // MIXING_EXTRUDER diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/mixing.h b/Marlin/src/feature/mixing.h index d49a222ef..f5b076954 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/mixing.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/mixing.h @@ -23,42 +23,70 @@ #include "../inc/MarlinConfig.h" -#ifdef __AVR__ +//#define MIXER_NORMALIZER_DEBUG + +#if !defined(__AVR__) // || DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER + // Use 16-bit (or fastest) data for the integer mix factors + typedef uint_fast16_t mixer_comp_t; + typedef uint_fast16_t mixer_accu_t; + #define COLOR_A_MASK 0x8000 + #define COLOR_MASK 0x7FFF +#else + // Use 8-bit data for the integer mix factors + // Exactness is sacrificed for speed #define MIXER_ACCU_SIGNED typedef uint8_t mixer_comp_t; typedef int8_t mixer_accu_t; #define COLOR_A_MASK 0x80 #define COLOR_MASK 0x7F -#else - typedef uint_fast16_t mixer_comp_t; - typedef uint_fast16_t mixer_accu_t; - #define COLOR_A_MASK 0x8000 - #define COLOR_MASK 0x7FFF #endif +typedef int8_t mixer_perc_t; + #ifndef MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 1 #endif -#ifdef RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING - #define NR_MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS (MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS + 1) - #define MIXER_AUTORETRACT_TOOL MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS - #if NR_MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS > 254 - #error "MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS must be <= 254!" +enum MixTool { + FIRST_USER_VIRTUAL_TOOL = 0, + LAST_USER_VIRTUAL_TOOL = MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS - 1, + NR_USER_VIRTUAL_TOOLS, + #ifdef RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING + MIXER_AUTORETRACT_TOOL = NR_USER_VIRTUAL_TOOLS, + NR_MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS + #else + NR_MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS = NR_USER_VIRTUAL_TOOLS #endif +}; + +#ifdef RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING + static_assert(NR_MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS <= 254, "MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS must be <= 254!"); #else - #define NR_MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS (MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS) - #if NR_MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS > 255 - #error "MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS must be <= 255!" - #endif + static_assert(NR_MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS <= 255, "MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS must be <= 255!"); #endif #define MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(VAR) \ for (uint_fast8_t VAR = 0; VAR < MIXING_STEPPERS; VAR++) -#define MIXER_BLOCK_FIELD mixer_comp_t b_color[MIXING_STEPPERS] -#define MIXER_POPULATE_BLOCK() mixer.populate_block(block->b_color) -#define MIXER_STEPPER_SETUP() mixer.stepper_setup(current_block->b_color) +#define MIXER_BLOCK_FIELD mixer_comp_t b_color[MIXING_STEPPERS] +#define MIXER_POPULATE_BLOCK() mixer.populate_block(block->b_color) +#define MIXER_STEPPER_SETUP() mixer.stepper_setup(current_block->b_color) + +#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + + typedef struct { + bool enabled; // This gradient is enabled + mixer_comp_t color[MIXING_STEPPERS]; // The current gradient color + float start_z, end_z; // Region for gradient + int8_t start_vtool, end_vtool; // Start and end virtual tools + mixer_perc_t start_mix[MIXING_STEPPERS], // Start and end mixes from those tools + end_mix[MIXING_STEPPERS]; + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_VTOOL) + int8_t vtool_index; // Use this virtual tool number as index + #endif + } gradient_t; + +#endif /** * @brief Mixer class @@ -67,27 +95,157 @@ class Mixer { public: - static void init(); + static float collector[MIXING_STEPPERS]; // M163 components, also editable from LCD + + static void init(); // Populate colors at boot time static void reset_vtools(); + static void refresh_collector(const float proportion=1.0, const uint8_t t=selected_vtool); // Used up to Planner level + FORCE_INLINE static void set_collector(const uint8_t c, const float f) { collector[c] = MAX(f, 0.0f); } + static void normalize(const uint8_t tool_index); + FORCE_INLINE static void normalize() { normalize(selected_vtool); } + FORCE_INLINE static uint8_t get_current_vtool() { return selected_vtool; } - FORCE_INLINE static void T(const uint_fast8_t c) { selected_vtool = c; } - FORCE_INLINE static void set_collector(const uint8_t c, const float f) { collector[c] = f; } + + FORCE_INLINE static void T(const uint_fast8_t c) { + selected_vtool = c; + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_VTOOL) + refresh_gradient(); + #endif + #if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER + update_mix_from_vtool(); + #endif + } // Used when dealing with blocks - FORCE_INLINE static void populate_block(mixer_comp_t b_color[]) { - uint_fast8_t j = get_current_vtool(); - MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) b_color[i] = color[j][i]; + FORCE_INLINE static void populate_block(mixer_comp_t b_color[MIXING_STEPPERS]) { + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + if (gradient.enabled) { + MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) b_color[i] = gradient.color[i]; + return; + } + #endif + MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) b_color[i] = color[selected_vtool][i]; } - FORCE_INLINE static void stepper_setup(mixer_comp_t b_color[]) { MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) s_color[i] = b_color[i]; } + + FORCE_INLINE static void stepper_setup(mixer_comp_t b_color[MIXING_STEPPERS]) { + MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) s_color[i] = b_color[i]; + } + + #if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER || ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + + static mixer_perc_t mix[MIXING_STEPPERS]; // Scratch array for the Mix in proportion to 100 + + static inline void copy_mix_to_color(mixer_comp_t (&tcolor)[MIXING_STEPPERS]) { + // Scale each component to the largest one in terms of COLOR_A_MASK + // So the largest component will be COLOR_A_MASK and the other will be in proportion to it + const float scale = (COLOR_A_MASK) * RECIPROCAL(float(MAX(mix[0], mix[1]))); + + // Scale all values so their maximum is COLOR_A_MASK + MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) tcolor[i] = mix[i] * scale; + + #ifdef MIXER_NORMALIZER_DEBUG + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("Mix [", int(mix[0])); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(", ", int(mix[1])); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("] to Color [", int(tcolor[0])); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(", ", int(tcolor[1])); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("]"); + #endif + } + + static inline void update_mix_from_vtool(const uint8_t j=selected_vtool) { + float ctot = 0; + MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) ctot += color[j][i]; + //MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) mix[i] = 100.0f * color[j][i] / ctot; + mix[0] = mixer_perc_t(100.0f * color[j][0] / ctot); + mix[1] = 100 - mix[0]; + #ifdef MIXER_NORMALIZER_DEBUG + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("V-tool ", int(j)); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" [", int(color[j][0])); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(", ", int(color[j][1])); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("] to Mix [", int(mix[0])); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(", ", int(mix[1])); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("]"); + #endif + } + + #endif // DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER || GRADIENT_MIX + + #if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER + + // Update the virtual tool from an edited mix + static inline void update_vtool_from_mix() { + copy_mix_to_color(color[selected_vtool]); + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + refresh_gradient(); + #endif + // MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) collector[i] = mix[i]; + // normalize(); + } + + #endif // DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER + + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + + static gradient_t gradient; + static float prev_z; + + // Update the current mix from the gradient for a given Z + static void update_gradient_for_z(const float z); + static void update_gradient_for_planner_z(); + static inline void gradient_control(const float z) { + if (gradient.enabled) { + if (z >= gradient.end_z) + T(gradient.end_vtool); + else + update_gradient_for_z(z); + } + } + + static inline void update_mix_from_gradient() { + float ctot = 0; + MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) ctot += gradient.color[i]; + mix[0] = (mixer_perc_t)CEIL(100.0f * gradient.color[0] / ctot); + mix[1] = 100 - mix[0]; + #ifdef MIXER_NORMALIZER_DEBUG + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("Gradient [", int(gradient.color[0])); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(", ", int(gradient.color[1])); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("] to Mix [", int(mix[0])); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(", ", int(mix[1])); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("]"); + #endif + } + + // Refresh the gradient after a change + static void refresh_gradient() { + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_VTOOL) + const bool is_grd = (selected_vtool == gradient.vtool_index); + #else + constexpr bool is_grd = true; + #endif + gradient.enabled = is_grd && gradient.start_vtool != gradient.end_vtool && gradient.start_z < gradient.end_z; + if (gradient.enabled) { + mixer_perc_t mix_bak[MIXING_STEPPERS]; + COPY(mix_bak, mix); + update_mix_from_vtool(gradient.start_vtool); + COPY(gradient.start_mix, mix); + update_mix_from_vtool(gradient.end_vtool); + COPY(gradient.end_mix, mix); + update_gradient_for_planner_z(); + COPY(mix, mix_bak); + prev_z = -1; + } + } + + #endif // GRADIENT_MIX // Used in Stepper FORCE_INLINE static uint8_t get_stepper() { return runner; } FORCE_INLINE static uint8_t get_next_stepper() { - do { + for (;;) { if (--runner < 0) runner = MIXING_STEPPERS - 1; accu[runner] += s_color[runner]; if ( @@ -100,14 +258,13 @@ class Mixer { accu[runner] &= COLOR_MASK; return runner; } - } while( true ); + } } private: // Used up to Planner level static uint_fast8_t selected_vtool; - static float collector[MIXING_STEPPERS]; static mixer_comp_t color[NR_MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS][MIXING_STEPPERS]; // Used in Stepper diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/power_loss_recovery.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/power_loss_recovery.cpp index 1e1d94111..3d026b756 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/power_loss_recovery.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/power_loss_recovery.cpp @@ -176,6 +176,10 @@ void PrintJobRecovery::save(const bool force/*=false*/, const bool save_queue/*= ); #endif + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + memcpy(&info.gradient, &mixer.gradient, sizeof(info.gradient)); + #endif + #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) COPY(info.retract, fwretract.current_retract); info.retract_hop = fwretract.current_hop; @@ -305,6 +309,10 @@ void PrintJobRecovery::resume() { } #endif + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + memcpy(&mixer.gradient, &info.gradient, sizeof(info.gradient)); + #endif + // Restore Z (plus raise) and E positions with G92.0 dtostrf(info.current_position[Z_AXIS] + RECOVERY_ZRAISE, 1, 3, str_1); dtostrf(info.current_position[E_AXIS] diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/power_loss_recovery.h b/Marlin/src/feature/power_loss_recovery.h index d2222c779..059c87e58 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/power_loss_recovery.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/power_loss_recovery.h @@ -28,6 +28,10 @@ #include "../sd/cardreader.h" #include "../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" +#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) + #include "../feature/mixing.h" +#endif + #define SAVE_INFO_INTERVAL_MS 0 //#define SAVE_EACH_CMD_MODE //#define DEBUG_POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY @@ -63,6 +67,15 @@ typedef struct { float retract[EXTRUDERS], retract_hop; #endif + // Mixing extruder and gradient + #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) + //uint_fast8_t selected_vtool; + //mixer_comp_t color[NR_MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS][MIXING_STEPPERS]; + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + gradient_t gradient; + #endif + #endif + // Command queue uint8_t commands_in_queue, cmd_queue_index_r; char command_queue[BUFSIZE][MAX_CMD_SIZE]; diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/mixing/M163-M165.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/mixing/M163-M165.cpp index 61c5fba71..44a827874 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/mixing/M163-M165.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/mixing/M163-M165.cpp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M163() { const int mix_index = parser.intval('S'); if (mix_index < MIXING_STEPPERS) - mixer.set_collector(mix_index, MAX(parser.floatval('P'), 0.0)); + mixer.set_collector(mix_index, parser.floatval('P')); } /** @@ -53,10 +53,12 @@ void GcodeSuite::M164() { #else constexpr int tool_index = 0; #endif - if (WITHIN(tool_index, 0, MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS - 1)) - mixer.normalize(tool_index); + if (tool_index >= 0) { + if (tool_index < MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS) + mixer.normalize(tool_index); + } else - mixer.normalize(mixer.get_current_vtool()); + mixer.normalize(); } #if ENABLED(DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1) @@ -95,7 +97,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M164() { MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) { if (parser.seenval(mixing_codes[i])) { SBI(mix_bits, i); - mixer.set_collector(i, MAX(parser.value_float(), 0.0f)); + mixer.set_collector(i, parser.value_float()); } } // If any mixing factors were included, clear the rest @@ -103,7 +105,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M164() { if (mix_bits) { MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) if (!TEST(mix_bits, i)) mixer.set_collector(i, 0.0f); - mixer.normalize(mixer.get_current_vtool()); + mixer.normalize(); } } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/mixing/M166.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/mixing/M166.cpp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7f150a686 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/mixing/M166.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +#include "../../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" + +#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + +#include "../../gcode.h" +#include "../../../module/motion.h" +#include "../../../module/planner.h" +#include "../../../feature/mixing.h" + +inline void echo_mix() { + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" (", int(mixer.mix[0])); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("%|", int(mixer.mix[1])); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("%)"); +} + +inline void echo_zt(const int t, const float &z) { + mixer.update_mix_from_vtool(t); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Z", z); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" T", t); + echo_mix(); +} + +/** + * M166: Set a simple gradient mix for a two-component mixer + * based on the Geeetech A10M implementation by Jone Liu. + * + * S[bool] - Enable / disable gradients + * A[float] - Starting Z for the gradient + * Z[float] - Ending Z for the gradient. (Must be greater than the starting Z.) + * I[index] - V-Tool to use as the starting mix. + * J[index] - V-Tool to use as the ending mix. + * + * T[index] - A V-Tool index to use as an alias for the Gradient (Requires GRADIENT_VTOOL) + * T with no index clears the setting. Note: This can match the I or J value. + * + * Example: M166 S1 A0 Z20 I0 J1 + */ +void GcodeSuite::M166() { + if (parser.seenval('A')) mixer.gradient.start_z = parser.value_float(); + if (parser.seenval('Z')) mixer.gradient.end_z = parser.value_float(); + if (parser.seenval('I')) mixer.gradient.start_vtool = (uint8_t)constrain(parser.value_int(), 0, MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS); + if (parser.seenval('J')) mixer.gradient.end_vtool = (uint8_t)constrain(parser.value_int(), 0, MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS); + + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_VTOOL) + if (parser.seen('T')) mixer.gradient.vtool_index = parser.byteval('T', -1); + #endif + + if (parser.seen('S')) mixer.gradient.enabled = parser.value_bool(); + + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Gradient Mix "); + serialprint_onoff(mixer.gradient.enabled); + + if (mixer.gradient.enabled) { + + mixer.refresh_gradient(); + + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_VTOOL) + if (mixer.gradient.vtool_index >= 0) { + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" (T", int(mixer.gradient.vtool_index)); + SERIAL_CHAR(')'); + } + #endif + + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" ; Start"); + echo_zt(mixer.gradient.start_vtool, mixer.gradient.start_z); + + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" ; End"); + echo_zt(mixer.gradient.end_vtool, mixer.gradient.end_z); + + mixer.update_mix_from_gradient(); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" ; Current Z", planner.get_axis_position_mm(Z_AXIS)); + echo_mix(); + } + + SERIAL_EOL(); +} + +#endif // GRADIENT_MIX diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.cpp index 5dc5a9a0d..2fdd42aa5 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.cpp @@ -443,6 +443,9 @@ void GcodeSuite::process_parsed_command( #if ENABLED(DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1) case 165: M165(); break; // M165: Set multiple mix weights #endif + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + case 166: M166(); break; // M166: Set Gradient Mix + #endif #endif #if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.h b/Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.h index 7cee5e556..ef9f46cac 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.h +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.h @@ -149,6 +149,7 @@ * M163 - Set a single proportion for a mixing extruder. (Requires MIXING_EXTRUDER) * M164 - Commit the mix and save to a virtual tool (current, or as specified by 'S'). (Requires MIXING_EXTRUDER) * M165 - Set the mix for the mixing extruder (and current virtual tool) with parameters ABCDHI. (Requires MIXING_EXTRUDER and DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1) + * M166 - Set the Gradient Mix for the mixing extruder. (Requires GRADIENT_MIX) * M190 - Sxxx Wait for bed current temp to reach target temp. ** Waits only when heating! ** * Rxxx Wait for bed current temp to reach target temp. ** Waits for heating or cooling. ** * M200 - Set filament diameter, D, setting E axis units to cubic. (Use S0 to revert to linear units.) @@ -593,6 +594,9 @@ private: #if ENABLED(DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1) static void M165(); #endif + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + static void M166(); + #endif #endif static void M200(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h b/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h index 0ace41b0e..02a6a23db 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h +++ b/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h @@ -383,6 +383,7 @@ #elif ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) #define E_STEPPERS MIXING_STEPPERS #define E_MANUAL 1 + #define DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER (MIXING_STEPPERS == 2) #elif ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) #define E_STEPPERS EXTRUDERS #define E_MANUAL EXTRUDERS diff --git a/Marlin/src/inc/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/inc/SanityCheck.h index 9b9084ac5..bdaf0d094 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/inc/SanityCheck.h +++ b/Marlin/src/inc/SanityCheck.h @@ -2069,6 +2069,10 @@ static_assert(sanity_arr_3[0] > 0 && sanity_arr_3[1] > 0 && sanity_arr_3[2] > 0 #error "BACKLASH_COMPENSATION is incompatible with CORE kinematics." #endif +#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) && MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS < 2 + #error "GRADIENT_MIX requires 2 or more MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS." +#endif + /** * Prusa MMU2 requirements */ diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/HD44780/ultralcd_HD44780.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/HD44780/ultralcd_HD44780.cpp index 2493646a3..4bfe55b86 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/HD44780/ultralcd_HD44780.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/HD44780/ultralcd_HD44780.cpp @@ -832,11 +832,35 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() { #else // HOTENDS <= 2 && (HOTENDS <= 1 || !HAS_HEATED_BED) - _draw_axis_value(X_AXIS, ftostr4sign(LOGICAL_X_POSITION(current_position[X_AXIS])), blink); + #if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER - lcd_put_wchar(' '); + // Two-component mix / gradient instead of XY + + char mixer_messages[12]; + const char *mix_label; + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + if (mixer.gradient.enabled) { + mixer.update_mix_from_gradient(); + mix_label = "Gr"; + } + else + #endif + { + mixer.update_mix_from_vtool(); + mix_label = "Mx"; + } + sprintf_P(mixer_messages, PSTR("%s %d;%d%% "), mix_label, int(mixer.mix[0]), int(mixer.mix[1])); + lcd_put_u8str(mixer_messages); + + #else + + _draw_axis_value(X_AXIS, ftostr4sign(LOGICAL_X_POSITION(current_position[X_AXIS])), blink); - _draw_axis_value(Y_AXIS, ftostr4sign(LOGICAL_Y_POSITION(current_position[Y_AXIS])), blink); + lcd_put_wchar(' '); + + _draw_axis_value(Y_AXIS, ftostr4sign(LOGICAL_Y_POSITION(current_position[Y_AXIS])), blink); + + #endif #endif // HOTENDS <= 2 && (HOTENDS <= 1 || !HAS_HEATED_BED) diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/status_screen_DOGM.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/status_screen_DOGM.cpp index 03c499bdb..76d8be74d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/status_screen_DOGM.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/status_screen_DOGM.cpp @@ -51,6 +51,10 @@ #include "../../module/printcounter.h" #endif +#if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER + #include "../../feature/mixing.h" +#endif + FORCE_INLINE void _draw_centered_temp(const int16_t temp, const uint8_t tx, const uint8_t ty) { const char *str = i16tostr3(temp); const uint8_t len = str[0] != ' ' ? 3 : str[1] != ' ' ? 2 : 1; @@ -59,6 +63,9 @@ FORCE_INLINE void _draw_centered_temp(const int16_t temp, const uint8_t tx, cons lcd_put_wchar(LCD_STR_DEGREE[0]); } +#define X_LABEL_POS 3 +#define X_VALUE_POS 11 +#define XYZ_SPACING 37 #define XYZ_BASELINE (30 + INFO_FONT_ASCENT) #define EXTRAS_BASELINE (40 + INFO_FONT_ASCENT) #define STATUS_BASELINE (LCD_PIXEL_HEIGHT - INFO_FONT_DESCENT) @@ -209,6 +216,10 @@ FORCE_INLINE void _draw_heater_status(const int8_t heater, const bool blink) { // Homed and known, display constantly. // FORCE_INLINE void _draw_axis_value(const AxisEnum axis, const char *value, const bool blink) { + const uint8_t offs = (XYZ_SPACING) * axis; + lcd_moveto(X_LABEL_POS + offs, XYZ_BASELINE); + lcd_put_wchar('X' + axis); + lcd_moveto(X_VALUE_POS + offs, XYZ_BASELINE); if (blink) lcd_put_u8str(value); else { @@ -450,19 +461,35 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() { u8g.setColorIndex(0); // white on black #endif - lcd_moveto(0 * XYZ_SPACING + X_LABEL_POS, XYZ_BASELINE); - lcd_put_wchar('X'); - lcd_moveto(0 * XYZ_SPACING + X_VALUE_POS, XYZ_BASELINE); - _draw_axis_value(X_AXIS, xstring, blink); + #if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER + + // Two-component mix / gradient instead of XY + + lcd_moveto(X_LABEL_POS, XYZ_BASELINE); + + char mixer_messages[12]; + const char *mix_label; + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + if (mixer.gradient.enabled) { + mixer.update_mix_from_gradient(); + mix_label = "Gr"; + } + else + #endif + { + mixer.update_mix_from_vtool(); + mix_label = "Mx"; + } + sprintf_P(mixer_messages, PSTR("%s %d;%d%% "), mix_label, int(mixer.mix[0]), int(mixer.mix[1])); + lcd_put_u8str(mixer_messages); + + #else + + _draw_axis_value(X_AXIS, xstring, blink); + _draw_axis_value(Y_AXIS, ystring, blink); - lcd_moveto(1 * XYZ_SPACING + X_LABEL_POS, XYZ_BASELINE); - lcd_put_wchar('Y'); - lcd_moveto(1 * XYZ_SPACING + X_VALUE_POS, XYZ_BASELINE); - _draw_axis_value(Y_AXIS, ystring, blink); + #endif - lcd_moveto(2 * XYZ_SPACING + X_LABEL_POS, XYZ_BASELINE); - lcd_put_wchar('Z'); - lcd_moveto(2 * XYZ_SPACING + X_VALUE_POS, XYZ_BASELINE); _draw_axis_value(Z_AXIS, zstring, blink); #if DISABLED(XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME) diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_en.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_en.h index 1dbafa82e..ba606fcb1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_en.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_en.h @@ -1205,6 +1205,61 @@ #define MSG_MMU2_EJECT_RECOVER _UxGT("Remove, click") #endif +#ifndef MSG_MIX + #define MSG_MIX _UxGT("Mix") +#endif +#ifndef MSG_MIX_COMPONENT + #define MSG_MIX_COMPONENT _UxGT("Component") +#endif +#ifndef MSG_MIXER + #define MSG_MIXER _UxGT("Mixer") +#endif +#ifndef MSG_GRADIENT + #define MSG_GRADIENT _UxGT("Gradient") +#endif +#ifndef MSG_FULL_GRADIENT + #define MSG_FULL_GRADIENT _UxGT("Full gradient") +#endif +#ifndef MSG_TOGGLE_MIX + #define MSG_TOGGLE_MIX _UxGT("Toggle mix") +#endif +#ifndef MSG_CYCLE_MIX + #define MSG_CYCLE_MIX _UxGT("Cycle mix") +#endif +#ifndef MSG_GRADIENT_MIX + #define MSG_GRADIENT_MIX _UxGT("Gradient mix") +#endif +#ifndef MSG_REVERSE_GRADIENT + #define MSG_REVERSE_GRADIENT _UxGT("Reverse Gradient") +#endif +#ifndef MSG_ACTIVE_VTOOL + #define MSG_ACTIVE_VTOOL _UxGT("Active V-tool") +#endif +#ifndef MSG_START_VTOOL + #define MSG_START_VTOOL _UxGT("Start V-tool") +#endif +#ifndef MSG_END_VTOOL + #define MSG_END_VTOOL _UxGT(" End V-tool") +#endif +#ifndef MSG_GRADIENT_ALIAS + #define MSG_GRADIENT_ALIAS _UxGT("Alias V-tool") +#endif +#ifndef MSG_RESET_VTOOLS + #define MSG_RESET_VTOOLS _UxGT("Reset V-tools") +#endif +#ifndef MSG_COMMIT_VTOOL + #define MSG_COMMIT_VTOOL _UxGT("Commit V-tool Mix") +#endif +#ifndef MSG_VTOOLS_RESET + #define MSG_VTOOLS_RESET _UxGT("V-tools were reset") +#endif +#ifndef MSG_START_Z + #define MSG_START_Z _UxGT("Start Z") +#endif +#ifndef MSG_END_Z + #define MSG_END_Z _UxGT(" End Z") +#endif + // // Filament Change screens show up to 3 lines on a 4-line display // ...or up to 2 lines on a 3-line display diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu.cpp index b87198994..89318a26e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu.cpp @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ void MenuItemBase::init(PGM_P const el, void * const ev, const int32_t minv, con liveEdit = le; } -#define DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(NAME) template class TMenuItem; +#define DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(NAME) template class TMenuItem DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(int3); // 123, -12 right-justified DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(int4); // 1234, -123 right-justified diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_main.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_main.cpp index cad2c388d..1cc7e2ae7 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_main.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_main.cpp @@ -100,6 +100,10 @@ void menu_change_filament(); void menu_info(); void menu_led(); +#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) + void menu_mixer(); +#endif + void menu_main() { START_MENU(); MENU_BACK(MSG_WATCH); @@ -153,6 +157,10 @@ void menu_main() { MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_MOTION, menu_motion); MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_TEMPERATURE, menu_temperature); + #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) + MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_MIXER, menu_mixer); + #endif + #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_MMU2_MENU, menu_mmu2); #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_mixer.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_mixer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f608b88a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_mixer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,314 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +// +// Mixer Menu +// + +#include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" + +#if HAS_LCD_MENU && ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) + +#include "menu.h" +#include "../../feature/mixing.h" + +#include "../dogm/ultralcd_DOGM.h" +#include "../ultralcd.h" +#include "../lcdprint.h" + +#define CHANNEL_MIX_EDITING !DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER + +#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + + void lcd_mixer_gradient_z_start_edit() { + ui.defer_status_screen(true); + ui.encoder_direction_normal(); + ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLY(true); + if (ui.encoderPosition != 0) { + mixer.gradient.start_z += float((int)ui.encoderPosition) * 0.1; + ui.encoderPosition = 0; + NOLESS(mixer.gradient.start_z, 0); + NOMORE(mixer.gradient.start_z, Z_MAX_POS); + } + if (ui.should_draw()) { + char tmp[21]; + sprintf_P(tmp, PSTR(MSG_START_Z ": %4d.%d mm"), int(mixer.gradient.start_z), int(mixer.gradient.start_z * 10) % 10); + SETCURSOR(2, (LCD_HEIGHT - 1) / 2); + LCDPRINT(tmp); + } + + if (ui.lcd_clicked) { + if (mixer.gradient.start_z > mixer.gradient.end_z) + mixer.gradient.end_z = mixer.gradient.start_z; + mixer.refresh_gradient(); + ui.goto_previous_screen(); + } + } + + void lcd_mixer_gradient_z_end_edit() { + ui.defer_status_screen(true); + ui.encoder_direction_normal(); + ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLY(true); + if (ui.encoderPosition != 0) { + mixer.gradient.end_z += float((int)ui.encoderPosition) * 0.1; + ui.encoderPosition = 0; + NOLESS(mixer.gradient.end_z, 0); + NOMORE(mixer.gradient.end_z, Z_MAX_POS); + } + + if (ui.should_draw()) { + char tmp[21]; + sprintf_P(tmp, PSTR(MSG_END_Z ": %4d.%d mm"), int(mixer.gradient.end_z), int(mixer.gradient.end_z * 10) % 10); + SETCURSOR(2, (LCD_HEIGHT - 1) / 2); + LCDPRINT(tmp); + } + + if (ui.lcd_clicked) { + if (mixer.gradient.end_z < mixer.gradient.start_z) + mixer.gradient.start_z = mixer.gradient.end_z; + mixer.refresh_gradient(); + ui.goto_previous_screen(); + } + } + + void lcd_mixer_edit_gradient_menu() { + START_MENU(); + MENU_BACK(MSG_MIXER); + + MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(int8, MSG_START_VTOOL, &mixer.gradient.start_vtool, 0, MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS - 1, mixer.refresh_gradient); + MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(int8, MSG_END_VTOOL, &mixer.gradient.end_vtool, 0, MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS - 1, mixer.refresh_gradient); + + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_VTOOL) + MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(int8, MSG_GRADIENT_ALIAS, &mixer.gradient.vtool_index, 0, MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS - 1, mixer.refresh_gradient); + #endif + + char tmp[10]; + + MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_START_Z ":", lcd_mixer_gradient_z_start_edit); + MENU_ITEM_ADDON_START(9); + sprintf_P(tmp, PSTR("%4d.%d mm"), int(mixer.gradient.start_z), int(mixer.gradient.start_z * 10) % 10); + LCDPRINT(tmp); + MENU_ITEM_ADDON_END(); + + MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_END_Z ":", lcd_mixer_gradient_z_end_edit); + MENU_ITEM_ADDON_START(9); + sprintf_P(tmp, PSTR("%4d.%d mm"), int(mixer.gradient.end_z), int(mixer.gradient.end_z * 10) % 10); + LCDPRINT(tmp); + MENU_ITEM_ADDON_END(); + + END_MENU(); + } + +#endif // GRADIENT_MIX + +static uint8_t v_index; + +#if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER + void _lcd_draw_mix(const uint8_t y) { + char tmp[21]; + sprintf_P(tmp, PSTR(MSG_MIX ": %3d%% %3d%%"), int(mixer.mix[0]), int(mixer.mix[1])); + SETCURSOR(2, y); + LCDPRINT(tmp); + } +#endif + +void _lcd_mixer_select_vtool() { + mixer.T(v_index); + #if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER + _lcd_draw_mix(LCD_HEIGHT - 1); + #endif +} + +#if CHANNEL_MIX_EDITING + + void _lcd_mixer_cycle_mix() { + uint16_t bits = 0; + MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) if (mixer.collector[i]) SBI(bits, i); + bits = (bits + 1) & (_BV(MIXING_STEPPERS) - 1); + if (!bits) ++bits; + MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) mixer.collector[i] = TEST(bits, i) ? 10.0f : 0.0f; + ui.refresh(); + } + + void _lcd_mixer_commit_vtool() { + mixer.normalize(); + ui.goto_previous_screen(); + } + +#endif + +void lcd_mixer_mix_edit() { + + #if CHANNEL_MIX_EDITING + + #define EDIT_COLOR(N) MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT(float52, MSG_MIX_COMPONENT " " STRINGIFY(N), &mixer.collector[N-1], 0, 10); + + START_MENU(); + MENU_BACK(MSG_MIXER); + EDIT_COLOR(1); + EDIT_COLOR(2); + #if MIXING_STEPPERS > 2 + EDIT_COLOR(3); + #if MIXING_STEPPERS > 3 + EDIT_COLOR(4); + #if MIXING_STEPPERS > 4 + EDIT_COLOR(5); + #if MIXING_STEPPERS > 5 + EDIT_COLOR(6); + #endif + #endif + #endif + #endif + MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_CYCLE_MIX, _lcd_mixer_cycle_mix); + MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_COMMIT_VTOOL, _lcd_mixer_commit_vtool); + END_MENU(); + + #elif DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER + + if (ui.encoderPosition != 0) { + mixer.mix[0] += (int)ui.encoderPosition; + ui.encoderPosition = 0; + if (mixer.mix[0] < 0) mixer.mix[0] += 101; + if (mixer.mix[0] > 100) mixer.mix[0] -= 101; + mixer.mix[1] = 100 - mixer.mix[0]; + } + _lcd_draw_mix((LCD_HEIGHT - 1) / 2); + + if (ui.lcd_clicked) { + mixer.update_vtool_from_mix(); + ui.goto_previous_screen(); + } + + #else + + START_MENU(); + MENU_BACK(MSG_MIXER); + END_MENU(); + + #endif +} + +#if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER + + // + // Toggle Dual-Mix + // + inline void _lcd_mixer_toggle_mix() { + mixer.mix[0] = mixer.mix[0] == 100 ? 0 : 100; + mixer.mix[1] = 100 - mixer.mix[0]; + mixer.update_vtool_from_mix(); + ui.refresh(LCDVIEW_CALL_REDRAW_NEXT); + } + +#endif + +#if CHANNEL_MIX_EDITING + + // + // Prepare and Edit Mix + // + inline void _lcd_goto_mix_edit() { + mixer.refresh_collector(10, v_index); + ui.goto_screen(lcd_mixer_mix_edit); + lcd_mixer_mix_edit(); + } + +#endif + +#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + // + // Reverse Gradient + // + inline void _lcd_mixer_reverse_gradient() { + const uint8_t sv = mixer.gradient.start_vtool; + mixer.gradient.start_vtool = mixer.gradient.end_vtool; + mixer.gradient.end_vtool = sv; + mixer.refresh_gradient(); + ui.refresh(LCDVIEW_CALL_REDRAW_NEXT); + } +#endif + +// +// Reset All V-Tools +// +inline void _lcd_reset_vtools() { + LCD_MESSAGEPGM(MSG_VTOOLS_RESET); + ui.return_to_status(); + mixer.reset_vtools(); +} + +void menu_mixer_vtools_reset_confirm() { + START_MENU(); + MENU_BACK(MSG_BACK); + MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_RESET_VTOOLS, _lcd_reset_vtools); + END_MENU(); +} + +void menu_mixer() { + START_MENU(); + MENU_BACK(MSG_MAIN); + + v_index = mixer.get_current_vtool(); + MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(uint8, MSG_ACTIVE_VTOOL, &v_index, 0, MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS - 1, _lcd_mixer_select_vtool + #if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER + , true + #endif + ); + + MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_MIX, + #if CHANNEL_MIX_EDITING + _lcd_goto_mix_edit + #elif DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER + lcd_mixer_mix_edit + #endif + ); + + #if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER + { + char tmp[10]; + MENU_ITEM_ADDON_START(10); + mixer.update_mix_from_vtool(); + sprintf_P(tmp, PSTR("%3d;%3d%%"), int(mixer.mix[0]), int(mixer.mix[1])); + LCDPRINT(tmp); + MENU_ITEM_ADDON_END(); + MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_TOGGLE_MIX, _lcd_mixer_toggle_mix); + } + #endif + + MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_RESET_VTOOLS, menu_mixer_vtools_reset_confirm); + + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + { + char tmp[10]; + MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_GRADIENT, lcd_mixer_edit_gradient_menu); + MENU_ITEM_ADDON_START(10); + sprintf_P(tmp, PSTR("T%i->T%i"), mixer.gradient.start_vtool, mixer.gradient.end_vtool); + LCDPRINT(tmp); + MENU_ITEM_ADDON_END(); + MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_REVERSE_GRADIENT, _lcd_mixer_reverse_gradient); + } + #endif + + END_MENU(); +} + +#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU && MIXING_EXTRUDER diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/ultralcd.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/ultralcd.h index 77e001362..0f70dff62 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/ultralcd.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/ultralcd.h @@ -53,9 +53,13 @@ #if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD #define SETCURSOR(col, row) lcd_moveto(col * (MENU_FONT_WIDTH), (row + 1) * (MENU_FONT_HEIGHT)) #define SETCURSOR_RJ(len, row) lcd_moveto(LCD_PIXEL_WIDTH - len * (MENU_FONT_WIDTH), (row + 1) * (MENU_FONT_HEIGHT)) + #define LCDPRINT(p) u8g.print(p) + #define LCDWRITE(c) u8g.print(c) #else #define SETCURSOR(col, row) lcd_moveto(col, row) #define SETCURSOR_RJ(len, row) lcd_moveto(LCD_WIDTH - len, row) + #define LCDPRINT(p) lcd_put_u8str(p) + #define LCDWRITE(c) lcd_put_wchar(c) #endif #define LCD_UPDATE_INTERVAL 100 diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp index ed498574e..deb7e3c3e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp @@ -2584,6 +2584,10 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, COPY(position_float, target_float); #endif + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + mixer.gradient_control(target_float[Z_AXIS]); + #endif + // Movement was accepted return true; } // _populate_block() diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/planner.h b/Marlin/src/module/planner.h index c17fb197b..e2fb22718 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/planner.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/planner.h @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ typedef struct block_t { } block_t; -#define HAS_POSITION_FLOAT (ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) || ENABLED(SCARA_FEEDRATE_SCALING)) +#define HAS_POSITION_FLOAT (ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) || ENABLED(SCARA_FEEDRATE_SCALING) || ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)) #define BLOCK_MOD(n) ((n)&(BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE-1)) diff --git a/buildroot/share/tests/megaatmega2560_tests b/buildroot/share/tests/megaatmega2560_tests index 91a431c4f..8a24eb8b6 100755 --- a/buildroot/share/tests/megaatmega2560_tests +++ b/buildroot/share/tests/megaatmega2560_tests @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ exec_test $1 $2 "MINIRAMBO for PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT etc" # restore_configs opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_AZTEEG_X3_PRO -opt_enable MIXING_EXTRUDER CR10_STOCKDISPLAY +opt_enable MIXING_EXTRUDER GRADIENT_MIX GRADIENT_VTOOL CR10_STOCKDISPLAY opt_set MIXING_STEPPERS 5 opt_set LCD_LANGUAGE ru exec_test $1 $2 "Mixing Extruder with 5 steppers, Cyrillic" diff --git a/buildroot/share/tests/teensy35_tests b/buildroot/share/tests/teensy35_tests index 3b3e11e1a..785037dea 100755 --- a/buildroot/share/tests/teensy35_tests +++ b/buildroot/share/tests/teensy35_tests @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ exec_test $1 $2 "MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER with LCD" # Mixing Extruder # restore_configs -opt_enable MIXING_EXTRUDER DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 +opt_enable MIXING_EXTRUDER DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 GRADIENT_MIX GRADIENT_VTOOL REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER opt_set MIXING_STEPPERS 2 exec_test $1 $2 "Mixing Extruder"